VICON INDUSTRIES INC /NY/
S-2, 1998-02-25
COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT, NEC
Previous: DK INVESTORS INC, NSAR-A, 1998-02-25
Next: CML ACCUMULATION ANNUITY ACCOUNT E, NSAR-U, 1998-02-25



<PAGE>
   AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON FEBRUARY 25, 1998
 
                                                      REGISTRATION NO. 333-
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                            ------------------------
                                    FORM S-2
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                        UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                             ---------------------
                             VICON INDUSTRIES, INC.
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                             <C>
                           NEW YORK                                                       11-2160665
                   (State of Incorporation)                                  (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
</TABLE>
 
                                 89 ARKAY DRIVE
                             HAUPPAUGE, N.Y. 11788
                                 (516) 952-2288
 
    (Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code,
                  of Registrant's principal executive offices)
 
                                KENNETH M. DARBY
                                   PRESIDENT
                             VICON INDUSTRIES, INC.
                                 89 ARKAY DRIVE
                             HAUPPAUGE, N.Y. 11788
                                 (516) 952-2288
 
 (Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code,
                             of agent for service)
                         ------------------------------
 
                                WITH COPIES TO:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                         <C>
           MICHAEL E. SCHOEMAN                           THEODORE LAPIER
      Schoeman, Marsh & Updike, LLP             Whitman Breed Abbott & Morgan LLP
     60 East 42nd Street, 39th Floor                     200 Park Avenue
           New York, N.Y. 10165                        New York, N.Y. 10166
              (212) 661-5030                              (212) 351-3000
</TABLE>
 
                            ------------------------
 
        Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:
  As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.
                         ------------------------------
 
    If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933, check the following box. /X/
 
    If the Registrant elects to deliver its latest annual report to security
holders, or a complete and legible facsimile thereof, pursuant to Item 11(a)(1)
of this Form, check the following box. / /
 
    If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box
and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering. / /
 
    If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering. / /
 
    If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering. / /
 
    If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box. / /
                         ------------------------------
 
                        CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         PROPOSED MAXIMUM    PROPOSED MAXIMUM
               TITLE OF SECURITIES                     AMOUNT TO BE     OFFERING PRICE PER  AGGREGATE OFFERING      AMOUNT OF
                 TO BE REGISTERED                       REGISTERED          SHARE (1)           PRICE (1)        REGISTRATION FEE
<S>                                                 <C>                 <C>                 <C>                 <C>
Common Stock, par value $.01 per share (2)........   1,811,250 Shares        $12.6875          $22,980,234          $6,779.17
Underwriters' Warrants to purchase Common Stock
(4)...............................................   157,500 Warrants         $.0001              $15.75               (3)
Common Stock issuable upon exercise of
Underwriters' Warrants............................    157,500 Shares         $15.225            $2,397,938           $707.39
Total Registration Fee                                                                                              $7,486.56
</TABLE>
 
(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee
    pursuant to Rule 457(c) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
    "Securities Act").
 
(2) Includes up to 236,250 shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to the
    Underwriters' over-allotment option. See "Underwriting."
 
(3) No registration fee required pursuant to Rule 457(g) of the Securities Act.
 
(4) Pursuant to Rule 416 of the Securities Act, there are also being issued such
    additional indeterminate number of shares of Common Stock as may become
    issuable pursuant to the anti-dilution provisions of the Underwriters'
    Warrants.
                         ------------------------------
 
    THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(A),
MAY DETERMINE.
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
                             VICON INDUSTRIES, INC.
                             CROSS REFERENCE SHEET
                                  PURSUANT TO
                         ITEM 501(B) OF REGULATION S-K
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   ITEM
    NO.                        FORM S-2 CAPTION                             CAPTION OR LOCATION IN PROSPECTUS
   -----     ----------------------------------------------------  ----------------------------------------------------
<C>          <S>                                                   <C>
        1.   Forepart of Registration Statement and Outside Front
             Cover Page of Prospectus............................  Forepart of Registration Statement and Outside Front
                                                                   Cover Page of Prospectus
        2.   Inside Front and Outside Back Cover Pages of
             Prospectus..........................................  Inside Front and Outside Back Cover Pages of
                                                                   Prospectus
        3.   Summary Information, Risk Factors and Ratio of
             Earnings to Fixed Charges...........................  Summary; Risk Factors
        4.   Use of Proceeds.....................................  Use of Proceeds
        5.   Determination of Offering Price.....................  Not Applicable
        6.   Dilution............................................  Not Applicable
        7.   Selling Security Holders............................  Principal and Selling Shareholders
        8.   Plan of Distribution................................  Underwriting
        9.   Description of Securities to Be Registered..........  Outside Front Cover Page; Price Range of Common
                                                                   Stock and Dividends; Description of Capital Stock
       10.   Interests of Named Experts and Counsel..............  Legal Matters
       11.   Information With Respect to the Registrant..........  The Company; Price Range of Common Stock and
                                                                   Dividends; Selected Financial and Operating Data;
                                                                   Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
                                                                   Condition and Results of Operations; Consolidated
                                                                   Financial Statements
       12.   Incorporation of Certain Information by Reference...  Information Incorporated by Reference
       13.   Disclosure of Commission Position on Indemnification
             for Securities Act Liabilities......................  Description of Capital Stock--Indemnification
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
                 SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED FEBRUARY 25, 1998
INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION OR AMENDMENT. A
REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING TO THESE SECURITIES HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD NOR MAY
OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT BECOMES
EFFECTIVE. THIS PROSPECTUS SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR THE
SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE SECURITIES
IN ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER, SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL PRIOR
TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY SUCH STATE.
<PAGE>
                                     {LOGO}
 
                                1,575,000 SHARES
                                  COMMON STOCK
 
    Of the 1,575,000 shares of Common Stock, par value $.01 per share (the
"Common Stock"), of Vicon Industries, Inc. (the "Company") offered hereby (the
"Offering"), 1,250,000 shares are being issued and sold by the Company and
325,000 are being sold by certain selling stockholders (the "Selling
Shareholders"). The Company will not receive any proceeds from the sale of
shares by the Selling Shareholders. See "Principal and Selling Shareholders."
 
    The Company's Common Stock is quoted on the American Stock Exchange ("AMEX")
under the symbol "VII." The last reported sales price for the Common Stock on
AMEX on February 23, 1998 was $12.875 per share. See "Price Range of Common
Stock and Dividends."
 
                            ------------------------
 
                THE COMMON STOCK INVOLVES A HIGH DEGREE OF RISK.
                 SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 6 HEREIN.
                             ---------------------
 
THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
     EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE
        SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES
             COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF
                THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE
                      CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                  PROCEEDS TO
                                                      PRICE TO     UNDERWRITING  PROCEEDS TO        SELLING
                                                       PUBLIC      DISCOUNT (1)  COMPANY (2)    SHAREHOLDERS (2)
<S>                                                <C>             <C>           <C>           <C>
Per Share........................................
Total (3)........................................
</TABLE>
 
(1) Does not include additional compensation paid or payable to the
    Underwriters. See "Underwriting" for information concerning compensation
    paid and payable to the Underwriters, indemnification of the Underwriters
    and other matters.
 
(2) Before deducting expenses payable by the Company and the Selling
    Shareholders estimated at $         , including the Underwriters'
    non-accountable expense allowance of $100,000.
 
(3) The Company has granted to the Underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up
    to 236,250 additional shares of Common Stock, solely to cover
    over-allotments, if any. If the Underwriters exercise this option in full,
    the total Price to Public, Underwriting Discount and Proceeds to Company
    will be         ,         and         , respectively. See "Principal and
    Selling Shareholders" and "Underwriting."
 
                            ------------------------
 
    The shares of Common Stock are offered by the Underwriters named herein,
subject to prior sale, when, as and if delivered to and accepted by the
Underwriters and subject to certain other conditions. The Underwriters reserve
the right to withdraw, cancel or modify the Offering and to reject any orders in
whole or in part. It is expected that delivery of certificates representing the
shares of Common Stock will be made against payment therefor on or about
           , 1998 at the offices of Fahnestock & Co. Inc. in New York, N.Y.
 
FAHNESTOCK & CO. INC.                          SOUTHEAST RESEARCH PARTNERS, INC.
 
               THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS IS            , 1998.
<PAGE>
{VARIOUS PHOTOGRAPHS OF VICON PRODUCTS.}
 
{LOGO}
 
    CERTAIN PERSONS PARTICIPATING IN THE OFFERING MAY ENGAGE IN TRANSACTIONS
THAT STABILIZE, MAINTAIN OR OTHERWISE AFFECT THE PRICE OF COMMON STOCK,
INCLUDING THE PURCHASE OF SHARES OF COMMON STOCK FOLLOWING THE PRICING OF THE
OFFERING TO COVER A SYNDICATE SHORT POSITION IN THE COMMON STOCK OR FOR THE
PURPOSE OF MAINTAINING THE PRICE OF THE COMMON STOCK AND THE IMPOSITION OF
PENALTY BIDS. FOR A DESCRIPTION OF THESE ACTIVITIES, SEE "UNDERWRITING."
 
    VICON-Registered Trademark-, MATRIX 66-Registered Trademark-, NOVA-TM-,
SURVEYOR-TM-, PROTECH-Registered Trademark-, VISTAR-TM-,
VICOAX-Registered Trademark-, AURORA-TM- and DIGITEK-TM- ARE TRADEMARKS OF VICON
INDUSTRIES, INC.
<PAGE>
                             AVAILABLE INFORMATION
 
    The Company is subject to the informational requirements of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), and, in accordance
therewith, files reports and other information with the Securities and Exchange
Commission (the "Commission"). Reports, proxy statements and other information
filed by the Company may be inspected and copied at the public reference
facilities maintained by the Commission at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Judiciary
Plaza, Washington, D.C. 20549, and at its regional offices located at Seven
World Trade Center, 13th Floor, New York, N.Y. 10048 and at Citicorp Center, 500
West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois 60661. Copies of all or any
part of such material may be obtained from the Public Reference Section of the
Commission, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates.
The Commission also maintains a web site (http: //www.sec.gov) that contains
reports, proxy, and information statements and other information regarding
registrants, such as the Company, that file electronically with the Commission.
The Company's Common Stock is listed on the American Stock Exchange under the
symbol "VII" and investors may contact the American Stock Exchange at (212)
306-1000 to arrange to examine similar information at its offices at 86 Trinity
Place, New York, N.Y. 10006-1881.
 
    The Company has filed with the Commission a registration statement on Form
S-2 (together with all amendments, exhibits, schedules and supplements thereto,
the "Registration Statement") with respect to the shares of Common Stock offered
hereby. This Prospectus, which constitutes part of the Registration Statement,
does not contain all of the information contained in the Registration Statement.
For further information with respect to the Company and the Common Stock offered
hereby, reference is made to the Registration Statement. Statements contained
herein concerning the provisions of any contract or other document filed as an
exhibit to the Registration Statement or otherwise filed with the Commission are
not necessarily complete, and in each instance, reference is made to the copy of
such contract or other document as so filed. Each such statement is qualified in
its entirety by such reference.
 
    No dealer, salesperson or other person has been authorized to give any
information or to make any representations other than those contained or
incorporated by reference in this Prospectus and, if given or made, such
information or representations must not be relied upon as having been authorized
by the Company, any Selling Shareholders or any Underwriter. This Prospectus
does not constitute an offer to sell or solicitation of an offer to buy any of
the securities offered hereby in any jurisdiction to any person to whom it is
unlawful to make such offer in such jurisdiction. Neither the delivery of this
Prospectus nor any offer, solicitation or sale made hereunder shall, under any
circumstances, create an implication that there has been no change in the
affairs of the Company since the dates as of which information is furnished or
the date hereof.
 
                     INFORMATION INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
 
    The following documents have been filed by the Company with the Commission
and are hereby incorporated by reference into this Prospectus: (1) Annual Report
on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 1997; (2) Quarterly Report
on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended December 31, 1997; and (3) Proxy Statement
dated March 2, 1998. All other documents and reports filed pursuant to Sections
13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act subsequent to the date of this Prospectus and
prior to the termination of this Offering shall be deemed to be incorporated by
reference in this Prospectus and to be made a part hereof from the date of the
filing of such reports and documents.
 
    Any statement contained in a document incorporated or deemed to be
incorporated by reference herein shall be deemed to be modified or superseded
for purposes of this Prospectus to the extent that a statement contained herein
or in any subsequently filed document which also is or is deemed to be
incorporated by reference herein modifies or supersedes such statement. Any such
statement so modified or superseded shall not be deemed, except as so modified
or superseded, to constitute a part of this Prospectus.
 
    The Company will provide without charge to each person, including any
beneficial owner of Common Stock, to whom this Prospectus is delivered, upon the
written or oral request of such person, a copy of any or all documents
incorporated herein by reference (not including the exhibits to such documents,
unless such exhibits are specifically incorporated by reference in the document
which this Prospectus incorporates). Requests for such documents should be
directed to Vicon Industries, Inc., 89 Arkay Drive, Hauppauge, N.Y. 11788
Attention: Corporate Secretary. The Company's executive office telephone number
is (516) 952-2288.
<PAGE>
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
    THE FOLLOWING SUMMARY IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY THE MORE DETAILED
INFORMATION AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, INCLUDING THE NOTES THERETO,
APPEARING ELSEWHERE IN THIS PROSPECTUS. THIS PROSPECTUS CONTAINS FORWARD-LOOKING
STATEMENTS THAT INVOLVE RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES. STATEMENTS THAT ARE NOT
HISTORICAL FACTS, INCLUDING STATEMENTS ABOUT THE COMPANY'S PROSPECTS AND
STRATEGIES AND ITS EXPECTATIONS ABOUT EXPANSION INTO NEW MARKETS, GROWTH IN
EXISTING MARKETS, ENHANCED OPERATING MARGINS OR GROWTH IN ITS BUSINESS, ARE
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS THAT INVOLVE RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES. ACTUAL RESULTS
AND EVENTS MAY DIFFER SIGNIFICANTLY FROM THOSE DISCUSSED IN THE FORWARD-LOOKING
STATEMENTS. FACTORS THAT MIGHT CAUSE A DIFFERENCE INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED
TO, THOSE DISCUSSED IN "RISK FACTORS." UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, THE
INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT GIVE EFFECT TO THE EXERCISE OF
THE UNDERWRITERS' OVER-ALLOTMENT OPTION.
 
    UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED, REFERENCES IN THIS PROSPECTUS TO THE YEARS 1997,
1996, 1995, 1994 AND 1993 REFER TO THE FISCAL YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1997,
1996, 1995, 1994 AND 1993, RESPECTIVELY, AND REFERENCES TO THE FIRST QUARTER OF
1998 AND THE FIRST QUARTER OF 1997 RELATE TO THE THREE-MONTH PERIODS ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996, RESPECTIVELY.
 
                                  THE COMPANY
 
    The Company designs, manufactures, assembles and markets a wide range of
closed circuit television ("CCTV") systems and system components used for
security, surveillance, safety and control purposes by a broad group of end
users. A CCTV system is a private video system that transmits and receives
video, audio and data signals in accordance with the operational needs of the
user. The Company's primary focus is the design and sale of software-based
engineered CCTV systems and components that it sells worldwide primarily to
installing dealers, system integrators, government entities and distributors.
The Company's products are typically utilized for visual crime deterrence, for
visual documentation, for observation of inaccessible or hazardous areas, to
enhance safety, to obtain cost savings (such as lower insurance premiums), to
manage control systems and to improve the efficiency and effectiveness of
personnel. The Company's products are used in office buildings, manufacturing
plants, apartment complexes, large retail stores, government facilities,
transportation operations, prisons, casino gaming facilities, health care
facilities and financial institutions. The Company's products have been used at
various high profile locations worldwide, including: O'Hare International
Airport; Foxwoods Resort & Casino, Connecticut; Henry Ford Hospital, Detroit;
Fort Bragg, North Carolina; City of Sao Paulo Traffic Control; and Xiamen
International Airport, China.
 
    In 1993, the Company commenced a strategic redirection of its business by
shifting its product focus from hardware-oriented CCTV components to
software-based CCTV systems solutions, some of which incorporate digital
technology. As part of the strategic redirection, the Company also developed
project design and management capabilities, upgraded its sales organization,
built a customer service and technical support group, increased operating
efficiency and reduced product costs by changing suppliers. As a result, the
Company's financial performance has improved. Gross profit margins have
increased from 20.2% in 1993 to 31.1% in the first quarter of 1998. Net sales
grew 19.3% in 1997 to $51.5 million, while net income increased to $1.6 million
from $300,000 in 1996. For the first quarter of 1998, net sales rose 31.7% to
$14.9 million.
 
    According to statistics compiled and published by the Security Industry
Association (the "SIA"), in its 1997 SECURITY INDUSTRY MARKET OVERVIEW, the
wholesale CCTV equipment market in the U.S. was estimated to be $840 million in
1997. Based in part upon published data for Europe, the Company believes the
worldwide market was approximately $1.7 billion in 1997. The Company believes
that demand for CCTV products is influenced by (i) the acceptance of CCTV for
crime deterrence; (ii) the perceived need for increased safety in response to
publicized acts of crime; (iii) the use of CCTV as a cost effective alternative
to security personnel; (iv) lower prices due to technological advancements and
competition which increase affordability; and (v) the movement towards the
integration of security systems.
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
    In the U.S., the Company's products are sold to installing dealers and
integrators of various types of security systems and internationally to
independent distributors and major installation companies. Domestic sales are
made by in-house field sales engineers and several independent manufacturer's
representatives. This effort is supported by an in-house customer and technical
services group. The Company sells internationally by direct export and through
Vicon Industries (U.K.), Ltd. ("Vicon U.K."), its European sales subsidiary. The
Company's principal sales offices are located in Long Island, Atlanta and
Segensworth, England.
 
    The Company's objective is to be a leading provider of high-end engineered
CCTV systems worldwide. The key elements of its growth strategy are as follows:
 
    FOCUS ON NEW PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT AND ENHANCEMENTS.  The Company intends to
focus on research and development of new products. As a result of its research
and development efforts, in the last two years, the Company has introduced,
among other products, the AURORA digital video multiplexer and the SURVEYOR line
of domed camera systems. See "Business--Products." In addition, the Company
intends to continue to emphasize the improvement of the technological
capabilities of its existing products and the development of new products which
incorporate digital technology.
 
    EXPAND DOMESTIC MARKETING EFFORTS.  The Company intends to increase its
domestic marketing efforts by (i) expanding its domestic sales organization,
(ii) increasing promotional activities to further develop brand name identity
with dealers and end users and (iii) emphasizing in-house dealer training. In
addition, the award of an exclusive one-year renewable contract with the U.S.
Postal Service in July 1997 is anticipated to increase the Company's exposure to
additional dealers.
 
    INCREASE INTERNATIONAL MARKET PENETRATION.  The Company intends to expand
the market for its existing and new products by increasing its penetration of
international markets. The Company believes China and Europe present
opportunities for growth. The Company's international sales were $18.7 million,
or 36%, of net sales, in 1997, and $5.9 million, or 39% of net sales, in the
first quarter of 1998. The Company believes that by opening additional
independent or Company-operated sales offices and increasing its distribution
channels outside the U.S., its ability to penetrate these markets would be
enhanced. The Company helped to establish an independent sales company in China
in July 1997 to further its marketing initiatives in Asia, and in February 1998
it acquired a 30% ownership interest in such company.
 
    ENHANCE CUSTOMER AND TECHNICAL SUPPORT SERVICES.  The Company believes its
commitment to service and technical support of CCTV systems enables it to build
strong relationships with dealers and end users. The Company offers training on
its proprietary systems, technical classes, installation assistance, field
support and project design and management capabilities to installing dealers.
 
    PURSUE STRATEGIC INITIATIVES.  The Company intends to selectively pursue
strategic alliances and investment opportunities as they arise. Such alliances
may include the opening of independent or Company-operated sales offices or
other similar arrangements with third parties to broaden the Company's sales
presence on a worldwide basis.
 
    The Company's principal executive offices are located at 89 Arkay Drive,
Hauppauge, N.Y. 11788, and its telephone number is (516) 952-2288.
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
                                  THE OFFERING
 
<TABLE>
<S>                               <C>
Common Stock offered by the
  Company.......................  1,250,000 shares
 
Common Stock offered by the
  Selling Shareholders..........  325,000 shares
 
Common Stock to be outstanding
  after this Offering (1).......  4,315,058 shares
 
Use of Proceeds.................  Payment of bank indebtedness, payment of interest-bearing
                                  accounts payable and term loan to related party, and for
                                  other general corporate purposes, including working
                                  capital.
 
Risk Factors....................  This Offering involves a high degree of risk. Prospective
                                  investors should review and consider the information set
                                  forth under "Risk Factors."
 
AMEX Symbol.....................  VII
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) Does not include (i) 388,832 shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance
    upon exercise of options granted or which may be granted under the Company's
    1986 Incentive Stock Option Plan, 1994 Incentive Stock Option Plan, 1994
    Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan for Outside Directors, 1996 Incentive Stock
    Option Plan and 1996 Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan for Outside Directors
    (collectively, the "Stock Option Plans"); (ii) 45,952 shares of Common Stock
    held in treasury and deliverable as deferred compensation to Kenneth M.
    Darby, the Company's President and Chief Executive Officer, upon his
    retirement or earlier under certain conditions; and (iii) 157,500 shares of
    Common Stock reserved for issuance upon exercise of the Underwriters'
    Warrants. See "Management" and "Underwriting."
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
                      SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         FISCAL YEAR ENDED                      THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                           SEPTEMBER 30,                           DECEMBER 31,
                                       -----------------------------------------------------  ----------------------
<S>                                    <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
                                         1993       1994       1995       1996       1997       1996        1997
                                       ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------
 
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                   (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                    <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Net sales............................  $  45,923  $  47,714  $  43,847  $  43,191  $  51,519  $  11,298   $  14,874
Gross profit.........................      9,274     10,714      9,546     10,957     14,475      3,181       4,629
Operating expenses...................     10,315      9,901      9,800      9,732     11,725      2,721       3,216
Operating income (loss)..............     (1,041)       813       (254)     1,226      2,750        460       1,413
Interest expense.....................        555        784      1,013        882      1,144        264         339
Income (loss) before income taxes....     (1,858)        74     (1,267)       385      1,647        229       1,074
Net income (loss)....................  $  (1,875) $      45  $  (1,347) $     300  $   1,565  $     215   $   1,009
                                       ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------
                                       ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------
Earnings (loss) per share (1)
  Basic..............................  $    (.68) $     .02  $    (.49) $     .11  $     .56  $     .08   $     .34
                                       ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------
                                       ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------
  Diluted............................  $    (.68) $     .02  $    (.49) $     .11  $     .52  $     .08   $     .31
                                       ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------
                                       ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------
Shares used to compute earnings
  (loss) per share (1)
  Basic..............................      2,763      2,763      2,763      2,765      2,804      2,777       3,001
                                       ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------
                                       ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------
  Diluted............................      2,763      2,763      2,763      2,841      3,022      2,870       3,293
                                       ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------
                                       ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          AT DECEMBER 31, 1997
                                                                                      ----------------------------
<S>                                                                                   <C>        <C>
                                                                                                    AS ADJUSTED
BALANCE SHEET DATA:                                                                    ACTUAL         (2)(3)
                                                                                      ---------  -----------------
Cash................................................................................  $     225      $
Working capital.....................................................................     15,284
Total assets........................................................................     31,279
Interest-bearing accounts payable to related party..................................      6,401
Long-term debt......................................................................      7,216
Shareholders' equity................................................................     11,931
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) Pursuant to new FASB standard No. 128. See "Management's Discussion and
    Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations--New Accounting
    Standard."
 
(2) Adjusted to reflect the sale of 1,250,000 shares of Common Stock offered by
    the Company hereby at an assumed public offering price of $    and the
    application of the net proceeds therefrom in the manner described under "Use
    of Proceeds."
 
(3) Reflects agreement in principle with a related party, that upon closing of
    this Offering and the Company's repayment of $3.7 million ($1.9 million of
    interest-bearing accounts payable and $1.8 million outstanding under a term
    loan), the balance of approximately remaining $4.5 million of
    interest-bearing accounts payable to the related party will be converted
    into a new five-year term loan. See "Use of Proceeds" and "Management's
    Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
               SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
 
    This Prospectus contains certain forward-looking statements. Actual results
could differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements
as a result of any number of factors discussed elsewhere in this Prospectus,
including, without limitation, under the captions "Prospectus Summary;" "Risk
Factors;" "Use of Proceeds;" "Capitalization;" "Selected Financial Data;"
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations" and "Business." When used in this Prospectus, the words
"anticipate," "expect," "estimate," "intend," "believe," "project," and similar
expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. Such statements
are subject to certain risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Should one or more
of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or should underlying assumptions
prove incorrect, actual results may vary materially from those anticipated,
expected, estimated, intended, believed or projected. Among the key factors that
may have a direct bearing on the Company's business, financial condition and
results of operations are the effects of risks associated with loss of a
significant customer, product design and development, possible future strategic
investments or alliances, foreign currency risks, dependence on manufacturers
and suppliers, the lack of assurance of continued profitability and history of
losses, limited public float for the Common Stock, the volatility of the trading
market for the Common Stock and general economic conditions, risks associated
with international sales and risks associated with the occurrence of the year
2000. The Company assumes no obligation to update its forward-looking statements
or to advise of changes in the assumptions and factors on which they are based.
Given these uncertainties, prospective purchasers are cautioned not to place
undue reliance on such forward-looking statements.
 
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
    THE COMMON STOCK OFFERED HEREBY INVOLVES A HIGH DEGREE OF RISK. IN ADDITION
TO THE OTHER INFORMATION CONTAINED ELSEWHERE IN THIS PROSPECTUS, THE FOLLOWING
RISK FACTORS SHOULD BE CONSIDERED CAREFULLY IN EVALUATING THE COMPANY AND ITS
BUSINESS BEFORE PURCHASING ANY SHARES OF COMMON STOCK. THE DESCRIPTION OF THESE
RISK FACTORS IS BASED ON MANAGEMENT'S CURRENT EXPECTATIONS. THESE RISK FACTORS
ARE SUBJECT TO A NUMBER OF UNCERTAINTIES WHICH COULD CAUSE THE COMPANY'S ACTUAL
PERFORMANCE AND OTHER MATTERS TO DIFFER SIGNIFICANTLY.
 
NO ASSURANCE OF CONTINUED PROFITABILITY; HISTORY OF LOSSES; SUBSTANTIAL
  INDEBTEDNESS
 
    The Company had net income of approximately $300,000 and $1.6 million for
1996 and 1997, respectively, and net income of $1.0 million for the first
quarter of 1998. However, for all years between 1989 and 1995 (other than 1994)
the Company experienced net losses. In addition, cash flow from operations was
negative in 1996 and 1997 primarily due to an increase in inventory and accounts
receivable. Thus, although the Company has reported net income for the past two
years and the most recent quarter, there can be no assurance that this trend
will continue. Future annual and quarterly operating results and net income may
fluctuate significantly as a result of a variety of factors, including, but not
limited to, the loss of any significant customer, including the U.S. Postal
Service; changes in the demand for the Company's products due to competition or
other factors, including foreign or domestic economic recession; the timing of
product development; the nature, size, timing and shipment of individual product
or supply orders; fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates; the general
mix of products sold; worldwide economic conditions; higher effective tax rates
due to the use of all available net operating loss carryforwards; costs related
to the expansion of the Company's operations; unanticipated litigation and other
costs associated with defending its proprietary rights and other rights; and
changes in government regulations. Each of the foregoing factors, among others,
could have an adverse effect on the Company's profitability.
 
    In addition, the Company has substantial indebtedness, which may impair the
ability of the Company to obtain additional financing in the future; require a
substantial portion of operating cash flow to be dedicated to the repayment of
debt, thereby reducing funds available to the Company for other purposes; limit
the Company's flexibility in planning for or reacting to changes in general
economic conditions; and make the Company vulnerable in the event of a downturn
in its business.
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
    The ability of the Company to meet its debt service obligations will depend
on the future operating performance and financial results of the Company, which,
in turn, will be affected by prevailing economic conditions and financial,
competitive and similar factors. The Company's loan agreements contain
covenants, that among other things, require the Company to maintain certain
levels of net worth, earnings and debt service coverage and certain ratios of
interest coverage and debt-to-net worth. In addition, substantially all of the
Company's assets are pledged to secure its indebtedness under its loan
agreements. Although the Company believes that, based upon current levels of
operations, its cash flow from operations, together with external sources of
capital, will be adequate to make required payments on its debt, finance
anticipated capital expenditures and fund working capital, there can be no
assurance in this regard. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations" and "Business." In addition, the Company is
presently negotiating with its bank lender to amend its existing credit
agreement to, among other things, increase the borrowing limit, reduce the
interest rate and extend the term. However, there can be no assurance as to the
definitive terms of any such amended agreement. See "Use of Proceeds."
 
RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH PRODUCT DESIGN AND DEVELOPMENT
 
    The Company's business strategy emphasizes the development of new engineered
CCTV systems and related components and the enhancement of existing products.
Further, the market for engineered CCTV systems is characterized by changing
technology, such as the movement to digital technologies for the storage and
retrieval of video data. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able
to keep pace with such technological developments or develop new CCTV systems or
products. In addition, the CCTV marketplace experiences frequent new product
introductions and changing customer requirements. For the Company to meet these
changing conditions, significant planning, design, development and testing is
required throughout each level of product design and development. Such activity
requires substantial resources in terms of capital and qualified personnel.
There can be no assurance that the Company will have such resources at its
disposal. Furthermore, any significant delays in product development or
introduction, or any failure by the Company to anticipate or to respond quickly
to changing customer requirements, could cause potential customers to delay or
decide against the purchase of the Company's systems or products and could
render its existing products uncompetitive. There can be no assurance that the
Company's products will remain competitive and will not become obsolete.
 
DEPENDENCE ON MANUFACTURERS AND SUPPLIERS
 
    The Company is substantially dependent upon outside manufacturers and
suppliers to manufacture and assemble its products and will continue to be
dependent on such entities in the future. In 1997, approximately 22% of the
Company's purchases of components and finished products were from Chun Shin
Electronics, Inc. ("CSE"). CSE is a South Korean joint venture equally owned by
the Company and Chun Shin Industries, Inc. ("CSI"), an entity controlled by Mr.
Chu S. Chun, who is a substantial shareholder of the Company and a director
nominee. Additionally, in 1997, the Company purchased approximately 23% of its
components and finished products from Chugai Boyeki Company, Ltd. (such company,
together with its affiliates and associates, are referred to herein as "CBC"), a
supplier and sourcing agent for the Company. CBC is also a substantial
shareholder of the Company. See "Certain Transactions" and "Principal and
Selling Shareholders."
 
    The Company's relationships with outside manufacturers, assemblers and
suppliers are not covered by formal contractual agreements. The loss of CSE, CBC
or any other significant manufacturer, assembler or supplier for any reason, or
the extent to which such entities encounter difficulties that delay shipment to
the Company or that affect the quality of items supplied to the Company, would
impair the Company's ability to meet its obligations to customers and would have
a material adverse effect on the Company's business. While the Company believes
that alternate manufacturers, assemblers and suppliers exist, there can be no
assurance that adequate arrangements could be found in a timely manner or on
comparable terms or with the level of support currently provided to the Company
by its existing manufacturers, assemblers and suppliers. See
"Business--Manufacturing and Purchasing."
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH INVENTORY MANAGEMENT
 
    The Company maintains inventory at levels which are based upon factors such
as its historical sales rates, backlog and anticipated future sales. Generally,
the Company places orders with manufacturers, assemblers and suppliers based in
part on management's estimates of future orders from its customers. Such
estimates may deviate substantially from actual orders. In the event that
subsequent orders fall short of original estimates, the Company would likely be
left with excess inventory. Significant excess inventory could result in price
discounts, increased inventory carrying costs and inventory write-downs. On the
other hand, if the Company fails to have an adequate supply of products
manufactured or assembled on a timely basis, the Company may, as a result, lose
sales opportunities. See "--Dependence on Manufacturers and Suppliers." Despite
the Company's efforts to adjust its production schedule based on anticipated
customer demand, there can be no assurance that the Company will maintain
appropriate inventory levels. Further, due to ordinary course time delays
between purchasing, production and shipping of product, the Company must make
firm purchase commitments to manufacturers and assemblers four to nine months in
advance of required delivery. Inability to maintain appropriate inventory levels
due to incorrect estimates of future orders or time delays with respect to
product delivery may have a material adverse effect on the Company's business,
financial condition and results of operations. See "Business--Backlog" and
"Business--Manufacturing and Purchasing." Additionally, the obsolescence of a
significant amount of inventory due to changes in customer preferences or
technological improvements could have a material adverse effect on the Company's
operations. The Company experienced approximately a 2.4x inventory turnover rate
in 1997, but there can be no assurance as to the rate of inventory turnover in
the future. See "--Risks Associated with Product Design and Development" and
"Business--Inventory."
 
DEPENDENCE ON INDEPENDENT RESELLERS
 
    The Company primarily sells its products to independent installing dealers
and other resellers who, in turn, sell to end users. Consequently, the Company
is dependent upon installing dealers and other resellers to sell its products to
their customers and will continue to be dependent upon such dealers and
resellers in the future. Dealers and resellers generally purchase from the
Company to fill specific orders from their customers. As a result, there can be
no assurance that installing dealers and resellers will continue to purchase the
Company's products. Further, such dealers generally are not exclusive to the
Company and are free to sell, and do sell, competing CCTV products. See
"Business--Marketing and Sales."
 
COMPETITION
 
    The Company operates in a highly competitive marketplace both domestically
and internationally. Most of the Company's competitors are larger companies
whose financial resources and scope of operations are substantially greater than
those of the Company. The Company's principal engineered systems competitors
include the following companies or their affiliates: Checkpoint Systems, Inc.,
Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd. (Panasonic) ("Matsushita"), Pelco Sales
Company, Philips Communications and Security Systems, Inc. (Burle Industries,
Inc.), Sensormatic Electronics Corporation and Ultrak, Inc. In addition, some
consumer video electronic companies or their affiliates, including Matsushita,
Mitsubishi Electric Corporation, Sanyo Electric Co., Ltd. and Sony Corporation,
compete with the Company for the sale of video products, including cameras,
monitors and VCRs. CBC, an affiliate of the Company also competes with the
Company for the sale of video products. There can be no assurance that the
Company's current products, products under development, or ability to develop
new or enhanced products will be sufficient to enable it to compete effectively
with its competitors. See "Business-- Competition" and "Certain Transactions."
 
RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH INTERNATIONAL SALES
 
    Sales to customers outside the U.S. accounted for approximately 36% of the
Company's net sales in 1997 and 39% of net sales in the first quarter of 1998.
Sales to customers in foreign countries are subject to a number of risks,
including (i) fluctuating exchange rates which may affect the level of foreign
sales; (ii) delays in collecting or the inability to collect receivables; (iii)
the possibility of countries imposing
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
import tariffs or adopting other restrictions on foreign trade; (iv) the
difficulty of enforcing rights; (v) the inability to obtain U.S. export
licenses; and (vi) the difficulty of protecting proprietary rights. See "--
Foreign Currency Risks" and "--Protection, Defense and Use of Intellectual
Property; Possible Infringement." There can be no assurance that one or more of
these factors will not have a material adverse effect on the Company's business,
financial condition or results of operations.
 
FOREIGN CURRENCY RISKS
 
    The Company's foreign sales can be adversely affected by fluctuations in
currency exchange rates and there can be no assurance that such effect will not
be material. Recent weakening of the currencies of Indonesia, Malaysia,
Singapore, South Korea and other Asian countries against the U.S. Dollar has
made the Company's products more expensive, and is likely to reduce demand for
the Company's products, in such countries. Further weakening of such currencies,
or weakening of the currencies of other countries, may further reduce demand for
the Company's products in the affected countries. In addition, Vicon U.K. sells
products to customers in Europe denominated in British Pounds Sterling. A strong
British Pound relative to the currencies of the countries in which Vicon U.K.
sells products could have a similar adverse effect on sales of Vicon U.K.
 
RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH MANAGEMENT OF GROWTH
 
    The Company has recently experienced significant growth in its operations.
The Company's future operating results will depend, in part, on its ability to
effectively manage such growth in the future. The Company's success in this
regard will depend upon the availability of working capital to support such
growth, and its ability to accurately forecast future sales, broaden its
management team and attract, hire and retain additional skilled employees. See
"Business--Strategy." There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to
manage future growth effectively. Failure to do so could have a material adverse
effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
    Due to recent growth in operations, the Company may need to expand its
principal operating facility or to obtain adequate alternative space to meet
growing capacity demands. The failure to expand its current facility or to
obtain adequate alternative space in response to the Company's increasing need
for space could adversely affect the Company's operations.
 
DEPENDENCE ON KEY PERSONNEL
 
    The Company's success depends to a significant extent upon the performance
of a number of senior management, engineering, operations and sales personnel,
including Kenneth M. Darby, President, Chief Executive Officer and a director;
Arthur D. Roche, Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Secretary
and a director; John L. Eckman, Vice President, U.S. Sales; Peter A. Horn, Vice
President, Compliance and Quality Assurance; and Yacov A. Pshtissky, Vice
President, Technology and Development. The Company has entered into employment
agreements with each of these individuals which provide that, if his employment
with the Company is terminated, he will not compete with the Company for varying
periods after such termination. There can be no assurance that such non-compete
provisions will be enforceable against these individuals. The Company does not
have key-man life insurance policies in respect of any of its officers. The loss
of the services of one or more of these key employees could have a material
adverse effect on the Company. The Company believes that its future success will
depend in part on its continued ability to attract, motivate, and retain highly
skilled and qualified technical, managerial, operations, sales, and marketing
personnel, and its failure to do so could adversely affect its operations. See
"Business" and "Management."
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH FUTURE STRATEGIC INITIATIVES
 
    The Company's growth strategy includes the possibility of strategic
investments in, and strategic alliances with, entities that complement or expand
the Company's current operations, production or marketing capabilities. Each of
the foregoing actions, if pursued by the Company, involves significant risks.
Such risks include, among others, the identification of appropriate candidates
to invest in or partner with and the capital requirements of such candidates;
the potential disruption of such activity on the Company's ongoing business; the
inability of management to capitalize on the opportunities presented by such
activities; the failure to successfully incorporate any acquired technology or
rights into the Company's products; the inability to maintain or impose uniform
standards, controls, procedures and policies; and the impairment of
relationships with employees and customers that may result from changes
associated with such transactions. Further, to the extent that any such
transaction involves operations located outside the U.S., such as the Company's
recent investment in a China sales company, the transaction would involve
numerous risks associated with international operations, including possible
regulatory, legal and tax obstacles or economic and political instability. See
"--Risks Associated with International Sales." Additionally, to date the Company
has only limited experience in connection with investments and alliances of the
nature contemplated by its business strategy. There can be no assurance that the
Company would be successful in overcoming these risks or any other difficulties
encountered with respect to such strategic investments or alliances. See
"Business--Strategy."
 
PROTECTION, DEFENSE AND USE OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY; POSSIBLE INFRINGEMENT
 
    Many of the Company's products employ proprietary software which is
protected by U.S. copyright. The Company considers its proprietary software to
be unique and valuable and a principal element in the differentiation of the
Company's products from its competition. There can be no assurance that these
intellectual property rights will not be infringed or breached, that the Company
would have adequate remedies for any infringements or breaches, or that others
will not independently develop products that are similar or superior to the
Company's products or technologies, or design around proprietary rights of the
Company. In addition, the laws of certain foreign countries do not protect
intellectual property rights to the same extent or in the same manner as the
laws of the U.S. See "--Risks Associated with International Sales."
 
    The Company does not believe that any of its products infringe on the
proprietary rights of third parties. However, any future infringement claims
against the Company, if proven, could have a material adverse effect on the
Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. Furthermore,
although any such claims could ultimately prove to be without merit, the
necessary management attention to, and legal costs associated with, litigation
or other resolution of such claims could also adversely affect the Company. See
"Business-- Intellectual Property."
 
LIMITATIONS ON UTILIZATION OF NET OPERATING LOSS CARRYFORWARDS
 
    As of December 31, 1997, the Company had net operating loss ("NOL")
carryforwards of approximately $4 million for federal income tax purposes, which
begin to expire in 2007. Under section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986,
as amended, utilization of NOL carryforwards is subject to limitation after a
more-than-50% ownership change occurs over a three-year period. In general, if
an ownership change were to occur, the Company's NOL carryforwards would be
subject to an annual limitation on the amount of carryforwards generated prior
to the ownership change which can be used in any one post-change year to offset
the Company's future taxable income. The Company believes that the Offering
together with other relevant transactions could result in a more-than-50%
ownership change, which would result in the limitation on the use of the
Company's NOL carryforwards existing as of the date of ownership change.
 
LIMITED PUBLIC FLOAT; VOLATILITY OF STOCK PRICE
 
    The Common Stock is quoted on the American Stock Exchange. While a public
market currently exists for the Company's Common Stock, trading activity has
been limited. Average daily trading volume of the Common Stock for the four
weeks ended          , 1998 was       shares per day. Thus, trading of
 
                                       10
<PAGE>
relatively small blocks of shares of Common Stock could have a significant
impact on the price at which the Common Stock is traded. In addition, the market
price of the Common Stock may from time to time be significantly affected by a
number of factors, including variations in the Company's quarterly operating
results, evolving business prospects of the Company and its competitors and
general conditions in the economy or the financial markets. Also, the securities
markets generally have experienced significant price and volume fluctuations
from time to time in recent years. This volatility can have a significant effect
on the market prices of securities issued by many companies for reasons
unrelated to their operating performance, and these broad fluctuations may
adversely affect the market price of the Common Stock. See "Price Range of
Common Stock and Dividends."
 
POTENTIAL EFFECT OF SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE ON PRICE OF COMMON STOCK
 
    Immediately after completion of the Offering, the Company will have
4,315,058 shares of Common Stock outstanding, of which approximately 3,137,784
will be freely tradable without restriction, except for those shares, if any,
acquired in the Offering by "affiliates" of the Company as that term is defined
in the Securities Act. Subject to the nine (9) month lock-up arrangements
described below, holders of the remaining 1,177,274 shares of Common Stock will
be eligible to sell such shares pursuant to Rule 144 ("Rule 144") under the
Securities Act at prescribed times and subject to the applicable restrictions of
Rule 144. The Company's officers, directors and certain other shareholders, who
collectively own 1,177,274 shares of Common Stock and hold options to acquire an
additional 248,700 shares of Common Stock exercisable at various dates through
April 1999, have agreed with the Underwriters not to offer, sell, pledge,
contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise
transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock of
the Company or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable
for Common Stock, or in any other manner transfer all or a portion of the
economic consequences associated with the ownership of any Common Stock, for a
period of nine (9) months after the date of this Prospectus without the prior
written consent of Fahnestock & Co. Inc. ("Fahnestock").
 
    After the expiration of the nine (9) month lock-up period, 1,151,874 shares
of Common Stock held by affiliates of the Company will become tradable, subject
to the restrictions of Rule 144 (other than the holding period restriction,
which has been satisfied). The 25,400 shares issued to Kenneth M. Darby, the
President and the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, and Arthur D. Roche,
its Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary, as
compensation in January 1997 will become tradable under Rule 144 in January
1999. The 248,700 shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under the Stock
Option Plans will be freely tradable upon issuance.
 
    In addition to the foregoing shares, 45,952 shares of Common Stock are held
in treasury and deliverable as deferred compensation to Mr. Darby, upon his
retirement or earlier under certain conditions. Such shares are restricted
securities that, when issued, can be sold pursuant to the restrictions of Rule
144 (see "Management --Executive Compensation"). Also, 157,500 shares of Common
Stock have been reserved for issuance upon exercise of the Underwriters'
Warrants (see "Underwriting"). Such warrants are exercisable for Common Stock at
an exercise price of $         per share during a four-year period commencing
one year from the date of this Prospectus. In addition, the Company may issue
shares of Common Stock in connection with future business acquisitions and
resales of such shares by the recipients. Such shares, if registered, could be
sold in the public market.
 
    No predictions can be made as to the effect, if any, that market sales of
the shares described above or the availability of such shares for sale will have
on the market price for shares of Common Stock prevailing from time to time.
Sales of substantial amounts of shares of Common Stock in the public market
following the Offering could adversely affect the market price of the Common
Stock and could impair the Company's future ability to raise capital through an
offering of equity securities. See "Shares Eligible for Future Sale."
 
                                       11
<PAGE>
CONTROL BY CERTAIN SHAREHOLDERS; IMPEDIMENTS TO CHANGE OF CONTROL
 
    Following the completion of this Offering, CBC, Mr. Chu S. Chun, and the
executive officers and directors of the Company will collectively beneficially
own approximately 28.8% of the Common Stock. See "Principal and Selling
Shareholders." Accordingly, following this Offering, by virtue of their
ownership of shares, the shareholders referred to above acting together may
effectively have the ability to influence significant corporate actions. Such
actions include the election of directors of the Company and the approval or
disapproval of certain fundamental corporate transactions, including mergers,
the sale of all or substantially all of the Company's assets, liquidation, and
the adoption or amendment of provisions in the Company's Certificate of
Incorporation and Bylaws. Such actions could delay or prevent a change in
control of the Company. See "Principal and Selling Shareholders" and
"Description of Capital Stock."
 
    In addition, Section 912 of the New York Business Corporation Law restricts
certain business combinations with interested shareholders and the Company's
Certificate of Incorporation contains provisions, such as those providing for a
classified Board of Directors, which may discourage, delay or prevent a third
party from acquiring control of the Company by means of a tender offer, a proxy
contest for a majority of the Board of Directors or otherwise. See "Description
of Capital Stock--Anti-Takeover Effects of the Company's Governing Documents."
 
PROCEEDS TO BENEFIT PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS; POTENTIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST
 
    The Company intends to use a portion of the net proceeds of the Offering
received by it to repay interest-bearing accounts payable and certain other
indebtedness of the Company to CBC. In addition, certain existing shareholders
who are currently directors of the Company are Selling Shareholders and will
receive a portion of the proceeds from this Offering. See "Use of Proceeds,"
"Certain Transactions" and "Principal and Selling Shareholders."
 
    Management of the Company believes that it has benefitted from its past
business relationships with its two principal shareholders, CBC and Mr. Chu S.
Chun, who, following the completion of this Offering, will beneficially own
approximately 12.2% and 4.5%, respectively, of the Common Stock. However, the
Company's continuing business relationships with CBC and Mr. Chun and his
affiliates, the continuing beneficial ownership of Common Stock by CBC and Mr.
Chun, and the service on the Company's Board of Directors by Kazuyoshi Sudo, a
director of CBC, and by Mr. Chun, a nominee to the Board and the principal of
CSE, could create a potential conflict of interest when the Board of Directors
of the Company is faced with decisions that could have different implications
for the Company, CBC, Mr. Chun and his affiliates, or in which the Company, CBC,
Mr. Chun and his affiliates have conflicting interests. See "-- Dependence on
Manufacturers and Suppliers," "Management," and "Certain Transactions."
 
REGULATION
 
    Many of the Company's products are subject to regulations of the Federal
Communications Commission (the "FCC") and the European Commission (the "CE")
pertaining to the emission of electronic signals and require compliance with
standards of the FCC and the CE before such products may be marketed.
Additionally, commercial acceptance of the Company's CCTV systems and system
components may be dependent upon the listing of such items by Underwriters
Laboratories (UL) to certify product safety or certification to International
Standards Order (ISO) 9001 quality systems. The delay or absence of compliance
testing, safety listing or quality certification could have a material adverse
effect on the Company's operations. Further, countries could impose tariffs or
adopt other restrictions on foreign trade or other regulations which could
adversely affect the Company's operations internationally. The Company may
become subject to additional regulations, domestically and internationally, and
there can be no assurance that the regulatory environment in which the Company
operates will not change significantly in the future, or that the cost of
regulatory compliance will not be material. See "Business--Regulation."
 
                                       12
<PAGE>
POSSIBLE "YEAR 2000" PROBLEMS
 
    Although the Company's software-based CCTV products have been tested for
year 2000 problems and the Company believes that such products are year 2000
compatible, it is possible that certain computer systems or software products of
the Company's customers or suppliers may experience year 2000 problems and that
such problems could adversely affect the Company. The Company is in the process
of inquiring as to the progress of its principal suppliers in identifying and
addressing problems that their computer systems will face in correctly
processing date information as the year 2000 approaches. However, there can be
no assurance that the Company will identify the future date-handling problems of
its suppliers or its customers in advance of their occurrence, or that such
parties will be able to successfully remedy any problems that are discovered.
The failure to identify and solve all year 2000 problems affecting its business
could have a material and adverse effect on the Company's business, financial
condition and results of operations. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."
 
                                       13
<PAGE>
                                USE OF PROCEEDS
 
    The net proceeds to be received by the Company from the sale of 1,250,000
shares of Common Stock offered by the Company hereby at an assumed public
offering price of $    per share are estimated to be approximately $   million
($    million if the Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full),
after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and other estimated
expenses of the Offering. The Company intends to use the net proceeds as follows
(all figures are approximate):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     APPROXIMATE        APPROXIMATE
                                                                                    AMOUNT OF NET    PERCENTAGE OF NET
                                                                                      PROCEEDS           PROCEEDS
                                                                                  -----------------  -----------------
<S>                                                                               <C>                <C>
                                                                                    (IN MILLIONS)
Payment of Bank Indebtedness....................................................      $     4.9                   %
Payment of Interest-Bearing Accounts Payable and Term Loan to Related Party.....            3.7
General Corporate Purposes, including Working Capital...........................
                                                                                            ---              -----
      Total.....................................................................      $                      100.0%
                                                                                            ---              -----
                                                                                            ---              -----
</TABLE>
 
    PAYMENT OF BANK INDEBTEDNESS.  From the net proceeds of this Offering, the
Company intends to repay its domestic bank indebtedness to IBJ Schroeder Bank &
Trust Company ("Schroeder Bank") under an existing credit agreement (the "Credit
Agreement"), which amounted to $4.9 million at December 31, 1997. The Company is
presently negotiating with Schroeder Bank to amend the Credit Agreement to,
among other things, extend the term, increase the borrowing limit and reduce the
interest rate. See "Risk Factors--No Assurance of Continued Profitability;
History of Losses; Substantial Indebtedness" and Note 6 to the Consolidated
Financial Statements.
 
    PAYMENT OF INTEREST-BEARING ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND TERM LOAN TO RELATED
PARTY.  CBC and the Company have agreed in principle that upon the closing of
this Offering and payment to CBC of $3.7 million ($1.9 million of
interest-bearing accounts payable and $1.8 million outstanding under a term
loan), the balance of interest-bearing accounts payable of approximately $4.5
million will be converted to a five-year term loan, which will amortize in equal
semi-annual installments. See Notes 4 and 6 to the Consolidated Financial
Statements. Interest will be calculated at the higher of the base lending rate
of the Sanwa Bank, Ltd. or the rate payable under the then existing credit
agreement. The loan may be prepaid at any time without penalty.
 
    GENERAL CORPORATE PURPOSES.  The balance of approximately $  million of the
net proceeds of this Offering will be used by the Company for general corporate
purposes, including working capital.
 
    The Company intends to use the estimated net proceeds as indicated above. In
the event that the Company's plans change, or if the proceeds of this Offering
or internal cash flow otherwise proves to be insufficient to fund operations,
the Company may find it necessary or advisable to reallocate some of the
proceeds within the categories noted above. If the Underwriters exercise their
over-allotment option in full, the Company will realize additional net proceeds
of $  million, which will be used for general corporate purposes.
 
                                       14
<PAGE>
                   PRICE RANGE OF COMMON STOCK AND DIVIDENDS
 
    The Company's Common Stock is traded on the American Stock Exchange ("AMEX")
under the symbol "VII." The following table sets forth the high and low prices
for the Company's Common Stock on AMEX for each quarter in fiscal 1998, 1997 and
1996.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         FISCAL YEARS
                                                                     -----------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                  <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
                                                                                        1998                       1997
                                                                                  ----------------               ---------
 
<CAPTION>
QUARTER ENDED                                                                HIGH                  LOW             HIGH
- -------------------------------------------------------------------         ------                -----          ---------
<S>                                                                  <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
First Quarter......................................................          8  11/16              5  9/16               2
Second Quarter (through February 23)...............................         13  15/16              6  1/4                3
Third Quarter......................................................           --                    --                   4
Fourth Quarter.....................................................           --                    --                   8
 
<CAPTION>
 
<S>                                                                  <C>        <C>
                                                                                                              1996
                                                                                                      --------------------
QUARTER ENDED                                                                           LOW                   HIGH
- -------------------------------------------------------------------                    -----                 -----
<S>                                                                  <C>        <C>
First Quarter......................................................  3/4                1  3/4                2  3/8
Second Quarter (through February 23)...............................  7/16               1  15/16              2
Third Quarter......................................................  1/4                3                     2  3/4
Fourth Quarter.....................................................  11/16              4                     5  7/16
 
<CAPTION>
 
QUARTER ENDED                                                                LOW
- -------------------------------------------------------------------         -----
First Quarter......................................................          1  3/16
Second Quarter (through February 23)...............................          1  1/4
Third Quarter......................................................          1  11/16
Fourth Quarter.....................................................          2  1/16
</TABLE>
 
    The last sale price of the Company's Common Stock on February 23, 1998 as
reported on AMEX was $12.875 per share. As of February 23, 1998, there were
approximately 325 shareholders of record.
 
DIVIDEND POLICY
 
    The Company has never declared or paid cash dividends on its Common Stock
and anticipates that all earnings, if any, in the foreseeable future will be
retained to finance the growth and development of its business. In addition, the
Credit Agreement prohibits, and any new financing agreements entered into by the
Company may limit or prohibit, the payment of cash dividends on its Common
Stock.
 
                                       15
<PAGE>
                                 CAPITALIZATION
 
    The following table presents as of December 31, 1997: (i) the actual
capitalization of the Company and (ii) the adjusted capitalization of the
Company after giving effect to the sale by the Company of 1,250,000 shares of
Common Stock offered hereby at an assumed offering price of $    per share and
the application of the estimated net proceeds therefrom as described under "Use
of Proceeds." This table should be read in conjunction with the more detailed
financial data and notes thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                             AT DECEMBER 31, 1997
                                                                                            ----------------------
                                                                                             ACTUAL    AS ADJUSTED
                                                                                            ---------  -----------
<S>                                                                                         <C>        <C>
                                                                                                (IN THOUSANDS)
Interest-bearing accounts payable to related party (1)....................................  $   6,401   $  --
 
Total interest-bearing debt, including current portion:
  Related party (1).......................................................................      1,800
  Banks and other (2).....................................................................      6,389
 
Shareholders' equity:
  Common Stock, $.01 par value, 10,000,000 shares authorized, 3,047,060 shares issued,
    4,307,060 shares issued on an as adjusted basis (3)...................................         30
  Capital in excess of par value..........................................................      9,868
  Retained earnings.......................................................................      2,290
  Treasury stock, at cost (4).............................................................       (299)
  Foreign currency translation adjustment.................................................         42
                                                                                            ---------  -----------
      Total shareholders' equity..........................................................     11,931
                                                                                            ---------  -----------
  Total capitalization....................................................................  $  26,521   $
                                                                                            ---------  -----------
                                                                                            ---------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) Reflects agreement in principle with a related party, that upon closing of
    this Offering and the Company's repayment of $3.7 million ($1.9 million of
    interest-bearing accounts payable and $1.8 million outstanding under a term
    loan), the balance of approximately $4.5 million of interest-bearing
    accounts payable to the related party will be converted into a new five-year
    term loan. See "Use of Proceeds" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis
    of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."
 
(2) In January 1998, the Company incurred $2.9 million of mortgage indebtedness
    in connection with the purchase of its principal operating facility. See
    "Business--Property."
 
(3) Does not include (i) 388,832 shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance
    upon exercise of options granted or which may be granted under the Company's
    Stock Option Plans; and (ii) 157,500 shares of Common Stock reserved for
    issuance upon exercise of the Underwriters' Warrants. See "Management" and
    "Underwriting."
 
(4) Represents 45,952 shares of Common Stock held in treasury and deliverable as
    deferred compensation to Kenneth M. Darby, the Company's President and Chief
    Executive Officer, upon his retirement or earlier under certain conditions.
 
                                       16
<PAGE>
               SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA
                   (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT FOR PER SHARE DATA)
 
    The selected consolidated financial data presented below under the captions
"Statements of Operations Data" and "Balance Sheet Data" for and as of the end
of each of the years in the five-year period ended September 30, 1997, are
derived from the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company which have
been audited by KPMG Peat Marwick LLP, independent certified public accountants.
The consolidated financial statements as of September 30, 1996 and 1997, and for
each of the years in the three-year period ended September 30, 1997, and the
report thereon, are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected
consolidated financial data presented below for the three months ended December
31, 1996 and 1997 are derived from the unaudited interim Consolidated Financial
Statements which, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments
consisting only of normal recurring adjustments necessary for a fair
presentation of financial position and results of operations for the interim
periods. Results of operations for interim periods are not necessarily
indicative of the results that can be expected for any other interim period or
the results for the full year. The following data should be read in conjunction
with the Consolidated Financial Statements, including the Notes thereto,
included elsewhere in this Prospectus and "Management's Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                            THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                               FISCAL YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,                 DECEMBER 31,
                                                    -----------------------------------------------------  --------------------
                                                      1993       1994       1995       1996       1997       1996       1997
                                                    ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                 <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
                                                                                                               (UNAUDITED)
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Net sales.........................................  $  45,923  $  47,714  $  43,847  $  43,191  $  51,519  $  11,298  $  14,874
Cost of sales.....................................     36,649     37,000     34,301     32,234     37,044      8,117     10,245
                                                    ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Gross profit......................................      9,274     10,714      9,546     10,957     14,475      3,181      4,629
General and administrative expenses...............      3,488      3,188      3,367      2,931      3,542        817      1,023
Selling expenses..................................      6,827      6,713      6,433      6,800      7,957      1,904      2,193
Relocation expense................................     --         --         --         --            225     --         --
                                                    ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Operating expenses................................     10,315      9,901      9,800      9,731     11,724      2,721      3,216
                                                    ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Operating income (loss)...........................     (1,041)       813       (254)     1,226      2,751        460      1,413
Other (income) expense............................        262        (45)    --            (41)       (40)       (33)    --
Interest expense..................................        555        784      1,013        882      1,144        264        339
                                                    ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Income (loss) before income taxes.................     (1,858)        74     (1,267)       385      1,647        229      1,074
Income tax expense................................         17         29         80         85         82         14         65
                                                    ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Net income (loss).................................  $  (1,875) $      45  $  (1,347) $     300  $   1,565  $     215  $   1,009
                                                    ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                    ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Earnings (loss) per share (1)
  Basic...........................................  $    (.68) $     .02  $    (.49) $     .11  $     .56  $     .08  $     .34
                                                    ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                    ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
  Diluted.........................................  $    (.68) $     .02  $    (.49) $     .11  $     .52  $     .08  $     .31
                                                    ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                    ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Shares used to compute earnings (loss) per share
  (1)
  Basic...........................................      2,763      2,763      2,763      2,765      2,804      2,777      3,001
                                                    ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                    ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
  Diluted.........................................      2,763      2,763      2,763      2,841      3,022      2,870      3,293
                                                    ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                    ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           AT SEPTEMBER 30,                          AT
                                                         -----------------------------------------------------  DECEMBER 31,
                                                           1993       1994       1995       1996       1997         1997
                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -------------
<S>                                                      <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
                                                                                                                 (UNAUDITED)
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Cash...................................................  $   1,039  $     910  $   1,152  $     206  $     288    $     225
Working capital........................................     13,420     13,359     10,721     12,064     15,351       15,284
Total assets...........................................     26,069     28,857     26,423     28,085     31,200       31,279
Interest-bearing accounts payable to related party.....      2,317      4,349      4,486      4,404      5,032        6,401
Long-term debt.........................................      5,621      6,059      5,339      6,429      8,344        7,216
Shareholders' equity...................................      9,880     10,043      8,633      8,968     10,914       11,931
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
(1) Pursuant to new FASB standard No. 128. See "Management's Discussion and
    Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations--New Accounting
    Standard."
 
                                       17
<PAGE>
          MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
                           AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
GENERAL
 
    The Company designs, manufactures, assembles and markets a wide range CCTV
systems and system components used for security, surveillance, safety and
control purposes by a broad group of end users. In 1993, the Company commenced a
strategic redirection of its business by shifting its product focus from
hardware-oriented CCTV components to software-based CCTV systems solutions, some
of which incorporate digital technology. As part of the strategic redirection,
the Company also developed project design and management capabilities, upgraded
its sales organization, built a customer service and technical support group,
increased operating efficiency and reduced product costs by changing suppliers.
These strategic initiatives required several years to implement and have been
the principal reason for the Company's recent growth in sales and earnings and
its gross margin improvement. In 1997, sales grew 19% to $51.5 million compared
with $43.2 million in 1996. New product introductions, greater fixed cost
absorption associated with increased sales and lower costs of private label
video products contributed to an improvement in gross margins from 25.4% in 1996
to 28.1% in 1997 and 31.1% in the first quarter of 1998.
 
    Due to the large number of different products that are typically required
for larger CCTV systems, a significant investment in inventory is required. In
addition, the Company's principal sales channel of installing dealers and system
integrators do not typically carry any significant inventory.
 
    The Company recognizes sales upon shipment of products to third parties. The
Company's U.S. sales are generally made on a net 30-day term basis after a
credit review has been performed to establish creditworthiness. Foreign sales
are typically made on a letter of credit or prepaid basis. Cost of sales
includes finished products or components purchased directly, subcontract or
direct assembly labor and indirect overhead. Research and development expenses
are also charged principally to cost of sales as incurred and include costs of
salaries and benefits of engineering personnel, supplies, occupancy and
prototype material suppliers. The Company provides reserves for inventory to
reduce its carrying value to estimated net realizable value. Selling expenses
include freight, packing material and other costs associated with the delivery
of products to customers and both direct and indirect costs related to the
Company's sales and marketing activities. General and administrative expenses
encompass principally executive, administrative, legal and financial
expenditures.
 
    The Company's effective income tax rate for 1996, 1997 and the first quarter
of 1998 was 22%, 5% and 6%, respectively, reflecting the utilization of federal
and state net operating loss ("NOL") carryforwards. In 1992, the Company
established a valuation allowance for the NOL carryforwards based on
management's uncertainty regarding future earnings. At December 31, 1997, the
Company had NOL carryforwards of approximately $4.0 million for federal income
tax purposes. See "Risk Factors-- Limitations on Utilization of Net Operating
Loss Carryforwards."
 
                                       18
<PAGE>
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
    The following table sets forth the approximate percentages of net sales of
certain income and expense items of the Company for the last three fiscal years
and for the quarters ended December 31, 1996 and 1997.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                           FISCAL YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,      DECEMBER 31,
                                           -------------------------------  --------------------
<S>                                        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
                                             1995       1996       1997       1996       1997
                                           ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Net sales................................      100.0%     100.0%     100.0%     100.0%     100.0%
Cost of sales............................       78.2       74.6       71.9       71.8       68.9
                                           ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Gross profit.............................       21.8       25.4       28.1       28.2       31.1
Operating expenses.......................       22.4       22.5       22.8       24.1       21.6
                                           ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Operating income (loss)..................       (0.6)       2.8        5.3        4.1        9.5
Other income.............................     --           (0.1)      (0.1)      (0.3)    --
Interest expense.........................        2.3        2.0        2.2        2.3        2.3
                                           ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Income (loss) before income taxes........       (2.9)       0.9        3.2        2.0        7.2
Income tax expense.......................        0.2        0.2        0.2        0.1        0.4
                                           ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Net income (loss)........................       (3.1)%       0.7%       3.0%       1.9%       6.8%
                                           ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                           ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
FIRST QUARTER 1998 COMPARED WITH FIRST QUARTER 1997
 
    Net sales for the quarter ended December 31, 1997 increased $3.6 million, or
32%, to $14.9 million compared with $11.3 million in the similar year ago
period. The sales growth was experienced worldwide as U.S. sales increased 24%
to $9.0 million and international sales rose 45% to $5.9 million. The U.S. sales
increase was principally the result of video systems supplied under a contract
with the U.S. Postal Service entered into in July 1997 and sales from a new line
of dome cameras introduced in February 1997. The increase in international sales
was due to more systems sales and increased sales to a private label customer
for distribution primarily in Europe. The backlog of unfilled orders was $8.7
million at December 31, 1997 compared with $4.4 million at December 31, 1996.
 
    Gross profit margins for the first quarter of 1998 increased to 31.1%
compared with 28.2% in the year ago period. The margin improvement was primarily
the result of a greater mix of more profitable products, lower procurement costs
for certain video products and greater fixed cost absorption associated with the
sales growth.
 
    Operating expenses for the first quarter of 1998 were $3.2 million or 21.6%
of net sales compared with $2.7 million or 24.1% of net sales in the comparable
period of 1997. The increase of $495,000 or 18% was principally the result of
higher selling expenses associated with the revenue growth and profit related
bonus accruals. As a percentage of sales, operating expenses were lower due to
greater absorption of fixed operating costs.
 
    Operating income rose to $1.4 million in the first quarter of 1998 compared
with $460,000 in the comparable period of 1997 as a result of increased sales,
higher gross margins and greater absorption of fixed operating expenses.
 
    Interest expense increased $75,000 to $339,000, principally as a result of
higher borrowing levels during the first quarter of 1998.
 
    Income tax expense was $65,000 for the first quarter of 1998 compared with
$14,000 in the comparable period of 1997, with an effective tax rate of
approximately 6% for both periods. In both periods, the Company utilized NOL
carryforwards to offset federal and state taxable income. As of December 31,
1997,
 
                                       19
<PAGE>
the remaining balance of the NOL was approximately $4.0 million for federal
income tax purposes. The nominal tax provision primarily relates to foreign
subsidiary income.
 
    As a result of the foregoing, net income increased to $1.0 million for the
first quarter of 1998 compared with net income of $215,000 for the comparable
period of 1997.
 
FISCAL 1997 COMPARED WITH FISCAL 1996
 
    Net sales for 1997 were $51.5 million, an increase of 19%, compared with
$43.2 million in 1996. The increase was principally due to incremental sales
worldwide of certain new products. The backlog of orders was $7.0 million at
September 30, 1997 compared with $3.1 million at September 30, 1996.
 
    The gross profit margin in 1997 increased to 28.1% compared with 25.4% in
1996. The margin improvement was principally attributable to capacity gains from
increased sales, higher margins on certain new products and lower costs for
video products.
 
    Operating expenses increased $2.0 million to $11.7 million in 1997 compared
with $9.7 million in 1996. The increase was the result of payroll and related
costs as the Company added sales, technical support and engineering personnel to
support increased sales and product development activities. The Company also
incurred $225,000 of costs and expenses to relocate to a new principal operating
facility.
 
    Interest expense in 1997 increased by $261,000 to $1.1 million as a result
of increased bank borrowings to support higher levels of working capital.
 
    The increase in net income in 1997 of $1.3 million was due to higher sales
and gross margins, offset in part by increased operating expenses.
 
FISCAL 1996 COMPARED WITH FISCAL 1995
 
    Net sales for 1996 were $43.2 million, a decrease of 1.5%, compared with
$43.8 million in 1995. The sales decline was principally the result of the
termination of low margin video product sales (cameras and VCRs) to a Far East
distributor. Lower sales in Europe due to delays in new product introductions
were offset by an increase in other export sales. Domestic revenue levels were
essentially unchanged from 1995. The backlog of orders was $3.1 million at
September 30, 1996 compared with $2.7 million at September 30, 1995.
 
    The gross profit margin was 25.4% in 1996, compared with 21.8% in 1995. The
margin improvement was due principally to a beneficial sales mix of higher
margin products, particularly new proprietary digital video products and control
systems. The Company also shifted sourcing of a major portion of its video
product line to lower cost suppliers outside of Japan. In addition, during 1996,
the value of the U.S. Dollar increased against the Japanese Yen which increased
margins for those remaining products sourced in Japan.
 
    Operating expenses totaled $9.7 million in 1996 compared with $9.8 million
in 1995. Operating expenses, as a percent of sales, amounted to 22.5% and 22.4%
in 1996 and 1995, respectively. The decline in expenses was due primarily to
ongoing cost control measures.
 
    Interest expense declined $131,000 to $882,000 principally due to the lower
cost of new bank borrowings.
 
    As a result of the foregoing, net income improved significantly to $300,000
from a net loss of $1.3 million in 1995.
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
    The Company's primary sources of funds for conducting its business
activities have been borrowings under its bank facilities, vendor financing and
cash flow from operations.
 
                                       20
<PAGE>
    Net cash provided by operating activities was $956,000 for the first quarter
of 1998 due primarily to the $1.0 million net profit reported for the period.
The increase in accounts receivable due to higher sales activity was
substantially offset by a reduction in inventories. Net cash used in investing
activities was $108,000 in the first quarter of 1998 as a result of capital
expenditures for office equipment. Net cash used in financing activities was
$856,000, which included a $1.1 million reduction of borrowings under the Credit
Agreement offset by increased Vicon U.K. borrowings. As a result of the
foregoing, the net decrease in cash was $62,000 for the first quarter of 1998
after the nominal effects of exchange rate changes on the cash position of the
Company.
 
    Net cash used in operating activities was $394,000 in fiscal 1997. Net
income of $1.6 million, non-cash items and increases in accrued wages and
expenses were more than offset by increases in inventories and accounts
receivable of $1.9 million and $821,000, respectively, and a $728,000 decrease
in accounts payable. Net cash used in investing activities was $925,000 in 1997
due to capital expenditures primarily incurred for leasehold improvements and
furniture and fixtures related to the Company's recent relocation of its
principal operating facility. Net cash provided by financing activities was $1.3
million in 1997 primarily from increased borrowings under the Credit Agreement.
As a result of the foregoing, the net increase in cash was $82,000 in 1997.
 
    The Company requires liquidity and working capital primarily to fund
increases in inventories and accounts receivable associated with sales growth
and to a lesser extent for capital expenditures. The Company anticipates that in
1998 capital expenditures will be approximately $4.0 million, of which $3.3
million represents the January 1998 acquisition of its principal operating
facility and $700,000 for product tooling and office equipment. The purchase of
this facility was funded by mortgage loans of $2.9 million (the "Mortgage") and
from internal cash flow.
 
    The Company maintains a bank overdraft facility of 600,000 Pounds Sterling
(approximately $990,000) in the U.K. to support local working capital
requirements of Vicon U.K. (the "Overdraft Facility"). At December 31, 1997,
borrowings under this facility were approximately $471,000.
 
    The Credit Agreement permits the Company to borrow up to a maximum of $6.5
million, subject to availability under a borrowing base formula consisting of
accounts receivable and inventories. The agreement expires on January 31, 1999.
Borrowings under the Credit Agreement amounted to approximately $4.9 million at
December 31, 1997. Concurrent with the closing of this Offering, the Company
intends to repay the outstanding balance under the Credit Agreement. The Company
is presently negotiating with its lender to amend the Credit Agreement to, among
other things, extend the term, increase the borrowing limit and reduce the
interest rate.
 
    The Company purchases certain products from CBC, whose interest-bearing
accounts payable amounted to $6.4 million at December 31, 1997 and are due on
demand. The Company historically has made accounts payable payments to CBC as
cash availability permits. The Company expects to use $3.7 million of the net
proceeds of this Offering to repay indebtedness to CBC and to refinance the
balance of interest-bearing debt of approximately $4.5 million. Such amount will
be converted to a new five-year term loan which will amortize in equal
semi-annual installments and which will bear interest at an annual rate equal to
the higher of the base lending rate of the Sanwa Bank, Ltd. or the rate payable
under the then existing credit agreement. Any residual amount of accounts
payable to CBC will be due within agreed terms. See "Use of Proceeds."
 
    The Company believes that cash flow from operations, proceeds from the
Offering, the Mortgage, and additional funds available under the Credit
Agreement and the Overdraft Facility will be sufficient to meet its currently
anticipated operating, capital expenditures and debt service requirements for at
least the next 12 months. See "Risk Factors--No Assurance of Continued
Profitability; History of Losses; Substantial Indebtedness."
 
                                       21
<PAGE>
FOREIGN CURRENCY ACTIVITY
 
    The Company's foreign exchange exposure is principally limited to the
relationship of the U.S. Dollar to the Japanese Yen and the British Pound
Sterling.
 
    Japanese-sourced products, which are denominated in Japanese Yen, accounted
for approximately 7% of product purchases in 1997. Although the U.S. Dollar
strengthened against the Japanese Yen during 1997, in prior years the U.S.
Dollar had weakened dramatically in relation to the Yen, resulting in increased
costs for such products. When market conditions permit, cost increases due to
currency fluctuations are passed on to customers through price increases. The
Company also attempts to reduce the impact of an unfavorable exchange rate
condition through cost reductions from its suppliers, lowering production cost
through product redesign, and shifting product sourcing to suppliers transacting
in more stable and favorable currencies. At the Company's request, CBC has
entered into foreign exchange contracts on behalf of the Company to hedge the
currency risk on Japanese-sourced product purchases.
 
    Sales by Vicon U.K. to customers in Europe are made in Pounds Sterling. In
1997, approximately $3.3 million of products were sold by the Company to Vicon
U.K. for resale. The U.S. Dollar was stable against the Pound Sterling in 1997.
In the years when the Pound weakened significantly against the U.S. Dollar, the
cost of U.S.-sourced product sold by Vicon U.K. increased. When market
conditions permitted, such cost increases were passed on to the customer through
price increases. The Company attempts to control its currency exposure on
intercompany sales through the purchase of forward exchange contracts.
 
    In general, the Company attempts to increase prices and seek lower costs
from suppliers to mitigate exchange rate exposures. However, there can be no
assurance that such steps will be effective in limiting
foreign currency exposure. See "Risk Factors--Foreign Currency Risks."
 
INFLATION
 
    The impact of inflation on the Company's operations has lessened in recent
years as the rate of inflation has remained low. However, inflation continues to
increase various costs to the Company. As operating expenses and production
costs increase, the Company seeks to pass along price increases to its customers
to the extent permitted by market conditions.
 
YEAR 2000
 
    The Company's software-based CCTV products have been tested for year 2000
problems and the Company believes that such products are year 2000 compatible.
It is possible, however that certain computer systems or software products of
the Company's customers or suppliers may experience year 2000 problems and that
such problems could adversely affect the Company. The Company is in the process
of inquiring as to the progress of its principal suppliers in identifying and
addressing problems that their computer systems will face in correctly
processing date information as the year 2000 approaches. However, there can be
no assurance that the Company will identify the future date-handling problems of
its suppliers or its customers in advance of their occurrence, or that such
parties will be able to successfully remedy any problems that are discovered.
With respect to its own systems, the Company intends to upgrade its principal
operating computer software to the most recent available revision sold by its
software supplier, which the supplier has represented to be year 2000 compliant.
The Company believes that such upgrade will identify and solve those year 2000
problems that could affect its operating software and can be accomplished before
the year 2000 at a reasonable cost. The failure to identify and solve all year
2000 problems affecting its business could have a material and adverse effect on
the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. See "Risk
Factors--Possible Year 2000 Problems."
 
                                       22
<PAGE>
NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARD
 
    On March 3, 1997, the Financial Accounting Standard Board ("FASB") issued
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 128, "EARNINGS PER SHARE." This
pronouncement provides for the calculation of Basic and Diluted earnings per
share which is different from the prior standard. The Company adopted this new
standard in the first quarter of 1998 and all prior earnings per share
information reflected herein has been restated to give effect to this
pronouncement.
 
NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARDS NOT YET ADOPTED
 
    In June 1997, the FASB issued two new disclosure standards. Management
believes that the results of operations and financial position of the Company
will be unaffected by implementation of these new standards.
 
    Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 130, REPORTING
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME, establishes standards for reporting and displaying
comprehensive income, its components and accumulated balances. Comprehensive
income is defined to include all changes in equity except those resulting from
investments by owners and distributions to owners. Among other disclosures, SFAS
No. 130 requires that all items that are required to be recognized under current
accounting standards as components of comprehensive income be reported in a
financial statement that is displayed with the same prominence as other
financial statements.
 
    SFAS No. 131, Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related
Information, which supersedes SFAS No. 14, FINANCIAL REPORTING FOR SEGMENTS OF A
BUSINESS ENTERPRISE, establishes standards for the way that public enterprises
report information about operating segments in annual financial statements and
requires reporting of selected information about operating segments in interim
financial statements issued to the public. It also establishes standards for
disclosures regarding products and services, geographic areas and major
customers. SFAS No. 131 defines operating segments as components of an
enterprise about which separate financial information is available that is
evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker in deciding how to
allocate resources and in assessing performance.
 
    Both of these new standards are effective for financial statements for
periods beginning after December 15, 1997 and require comparative information
for earlier years to be restated.
 
                                       23
<PAGE>
                                    BUSINESS
 
INTRODUCTION
 
    The Company designs, manufactures, assembles and markets a wide range of
CCTV systems and system components used for security, surveillance, safety and
control purposes by a broad group of end users. A CCTV system is a private video
system that transmits and receives video, audio and data signals in accordance
with the operational needs of the user. The Company's primary focus is the
design of software-based engineered CCTV systems and components that it sells
worldwide primarily to installing dealers, system integrators, government
entities and distributors. The Company's products are typically utilized for
visual crime deterrence, for visual documentation, for observation of
inaccessible or hazardous areas, to enhance safety, to obtain cost savings (such
as lower insurance premiums), to manage control systems and to improve the
efficiency and effectiveness of personnel. The Company's products are used in
office buildings, manufacturing plants, apartment complexes, large retail
stores, government facilities, transportation operations, prisons, casino gaming
facilities, health care facilities and financial institutions. The Company's
products have been used at various high profile locations worldwide, including:
O'Hare International Airport; Foxwoods Resort & Casino, Connecticut; Henry Ford
Hospital, Detroit; Fort Bragg, North Carolina; City of Sao Paulo Traffic
Control; and Xiamen International Airport, China.
 
    In 1993, the Company commenced a strategic redirection of its business by
shifting its product focus from hardware-oriented CCTV components to
software-based CCTV systems solutions, some of which incorporate digital
technology. As part of the strategic redirection, the Company also developed
project design and management capabilities, upgraded its sales organization,
built a customer service and technical support group, increased operating
efficiency and reduced product costs by changing suppliers. As a result, the
Company's financial performance has improved. Gross profit margins have
increased from 20.2% in 1993 to 31.1% in the first quarter of 1998. Net sales
grew 19.3% in 1997 to $51.5 million, while net income increased to $1.6 million
from $300,000 in 1996. For the first quarter of 1998, net sales rose 31.7% to
$14.9 million.
 
INDUSTRY OVERVIEW
 
    The U.S. security industry consists of thousands of individuals and
businesses (exclusive of public sector law enforcement) that provide products
and services for the protection and monitoring of life, property and
information. The security industry includes fire and burglary alarm systems,
access control, CCTV, article surveillance, guard services and equipment, locks,
safes, armored vehicles, security fencing, private investigations and others.
 
    The Company operates within the electronic protection segment of the
security industry, which includes fire and burglary alarm systems, access
control, CCTV and article surveillance. Domestic wholesale CCTV equipment sales
within that segment, according to statistics compiled and published by the SIA
in its 1997 SECURITY INDUSTRY MARKET OVERVIEW, were estimated at $840 million in
1997. Based in part upon published data for Europe, the Company believes the
worldwide market was approximately $1.7 billion in 1997. In recent years, a
trend of product development and demand within the CCTV industry has been toward
the application of digital technology, specifically toward the compression,
transmission, storage and display of digitized video signals.
 
    The Company believes that demand for CCTV products is influenced by (i) the
acceptance of CCTV for crime deterrence; (ii) the perceived need for increased
safety in response to publicized acts of crime; (iii) the use of CCTV as a cost
effective alternative to security personnel; (iv) lower prices due to
technological advancements and competition which increase affordability; and (v)
the movement towards the integration of security systems, such as access control
with CCTV.
 
    CCTV systems range from basic systems that consist of a single camera and
monitor to very complex engineered systems employing 2,000 cameras or more. CCTV
systems may either be manned or
 
                                       24
<PAGE>
unmanned. In a manned system, an operator is able to command the system to
position remote cameras to selected sites, thereby observing events as they
occur. In an unmanned system, the system computer manages all the functions and
operations in accordance with its programming. For example, an unmanned system
can be designed to monitor objects continuously or automatically respond in a
specified manner to changes in a video scene, such as move a camera to another
target, activate alarms and begin recording, all without any operator
involvement.
 
    The Company's product development, marketing and sales efforts are directed
primarily at the users of more complex systems whose needs include security,
surveillance, safety and control. These users include:
 
    - FEDERAL, STATE, AND LOCAL GOVERNMENT AGENCIES--post offices, municipal
      offices, prisons, military bases, airports and other mass transit systems;
 
    - COMMERCIAL AND INDUSTRIAL COMPANIES--office buildings, manufacturing
      plants, warehouses, apartment complexes, shopping malls and retail stores;
 
    - ENTERTAINMENT COMPANIES--casino gaming facilities, sports arenas and
      museums;
 
    - HEALTH CARE PROVIDERS--hospitals, particularly psychiatric wards and
      intensive care units; and
 
    - FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS--banks, clearing houses, brokerage firms and
      depositories.
 
GROWTH STRATEGY
 
    The Company's objective is to be a leading provider of high-end engineered
CCTV systems worldwide. The key elements of the Company's growth strategy are as
follows:
 
    FOCUS ON NEW PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT AND ENHANCEMENTS.  The Company intends to
focus on research and development of new products. As a result of its research
and development efforts, in the last two years, the Company has introduced,
among other products, the AURORA digital video multiplexer and the SURVEYOR line
of domed camera systems. See "--Products." In addition, the Company intends to
continue to emphasize the improvement of the technological capabilities of its
existing products and the development of new products which incorporate digital
technology.
 
    EXPAND DOMESTIC MARKETING EFFORTS.  The Company intends to increase its
domestic marketing efforts by (i) expanding its domestic sales organization by
hiring additional field sales engineers and in-house customer service and
technical support personnel, (ii) increasing promotional activities to further
develop brand name identity with dealers and end users and (iii) emphasizing
in-house dealer training. In addition, the award of an exclusive one-year
renewable contract with the U.S. Postal Service in July 1997 is anticipated to
increase the Company's exposure to additional dealers.
 
    INCREASE INTERNATIONAL MARKET PENETRATION.  The Company intends to expand
the market for its existing and new products by increasing its penetration of
international markets. The Company believes China and Europe present
opportunities for growth. In 1997, the Company's international sales were $18.7
million, or 36% of net sales, in 1997, and $5.9 million, or 39% of net sales, in
the first quarter of 1998. The Company believes that by opening additional
independent or Company-operated sales offices and increasing its distribution
channels outside the U.S., its ability to penetrate these markets would be
enhanced. The Company helped to establish an independent sales company in China
in July 1997 to further its marketing initiatives in Asia, and in February 1998
acquired a 30% ownership interest in such company.
 
    ENHANCE CUSTOMER AND TECHNICAL SUPPORT SERVICES.  The Company believes its
commitment to service and technical support of CCTV systems enables it to build
strong relationships with its dealers and end users. The Company offers training
on its proprietary systems, technical classes, installation assistance, field
support and project design and management capabilities to installing dealers.
 
                                       25
<PAGE>
    PURSUE STRATEGIC INITIATIVES.  The Company intends to selectively pursue
strategic alliances and investment opportunities as they arise. Such alliances
may include the opening of independent or Company-operated sales offices or
other similar arrangements with third parties to broaden the Company's sales
presence on a worldwide basis.
 
PRODUCTS
 
    The Company offers engineered CCTV systems and system components that can be
configured to meet the operational needs of each end user. The Company's
products are capable of being integrated with other security systems, including
fire and burglary alarm systems and access control. The capability and
versatility of a system can be increased by incorporating sophisticated control
and digital video products. A typical engineered system would include cameras,
remote camera positioning equipment, video switchers, controls, recording
equipment and monitors. The Company's proprietary products include all system
components with the exception of VCRs, monitors, cameras and lenses. The
Company's products range in price from $10 for a single camera mounting bracket
to hundreds of thousands of dollars (depending upon configuration) for a large
digital control and video switching system.
 
    The basic components of an engineered CCTV system of the Company are shown
in the following diagram:
 
  [Graphic: Shows a Company engineered CCTV system, including its components]
 
                                       26
<PAGE>
    Remote camera positioning devices, including the Company's VISTAR and
SURVEYOR products, allow the system operator to move and control multiple remote
cameras from across the room or across the country. The NOVA series of
microprocessor-based controls, or central processing unit (the "CPU"), is the
heart of the system. Commands are received by the CPU from an operator keyboard
and are immediately converted into various actions, such as moving cameras,
responding to alarms or routing video signals. The MATRIX 66, a video switcher,
permits video signals from many cameras to be routed to any one of the system's
video monitors and VCRs. The DIGITEK digital motion detector identifies change
in the video signal which can activate alarms and recording equipment. The
AURORA digital video multiplexer allows recording and individual playback of up
to 16 cameras on a single VCR, while providing such capabilities as motion
detection, digital magnification and multi-screen display. The Intelligent
Keyboard is used by the operator to send real-time commands to the CPU or to
program the SURVEYOR. By adding the Company's PROTECH software, a Vicon system
can be controlled by a PC and integrated with other security systems.
 
CONTROL PRODUCTS
 
    Control products are the technological brains of any sophisticated CCTV
system. Control products consist of microprocessor-based and hardwired controls,
video switchers, digital video multiplexers and digital video motion detectors,
all of which activate system components. For example, control products (i) route
video signals to display units or recording equipment, (ii) process alarm
signals in accordance with system design, (iii) transmit command signals to
operate remote camera positioning units and related accessories, and (iv)
perform multiple signal processing functions, such as time and date generation
and video loss detection. Sales of control products in 1997 were approximately
$17.7 million, or 34%, of net sales, and in the first quarter of 1998 were
approximately $4.6 million, or 31% of net sales.
 
    MICROPROCESSORS.  The principal function of a microprocessor is to manage
system functions. Microprocessors transmit command signals to remote camera
positioning units and associated accessories such as camera housings and lenses.
Microprocessors function either at operator command or unattended in accordance
with system programming. The Company's NOVA family of microprocessor-based
controls include its Powermate, Powerpac and Powermax products, which were
introduced during 1995 and 1996. The Company's microprocessors are enhanced by
its proprietary PROTECH software, which was initially introduced in 1995. This
software allows operators to control NOVA systems via a personal computer and
interact with graphical displays of surveillance sites and systems components.
In addition, PROTECH facilitates integration with other operating systems.
 
    VIDEO SWITCHERS.  Video switchers permit video signals from cameras to be
routed to system monitors and VCRs. Sophisticated matrix switchers have the
advantage of routing any video input to any output device to create greater
flexibility. The Company offers the MATRIX 44 and MATRIX 66 line of matrix
switchers, which detect video loss and route system cameras to system monitors
at operator command or in accordance with the programming of the system. MATRIX
44 was introduced in 1993 and MATRIX 66 in 1996.
 
    DIGITAL VIDEO MULTIPLEXERS.  Digital video multiplexers encode for
identification the video signals from multiple camera inputs for recording to a
single video tape. During playback, the multiplexer ensures that only images
from the selected cameras are displayed. The Company's multiplexers can accept
input from up to 16 cameras. The Company's AURORA line of digital video
multiplexers, among other things, digitizes video signals for multi-screen
display on a single monitor and encodes and decodes video signals for efficient
video recording and playback. AURORA was introduced in February 1996.
 
                                       27
<PAGE>
    DIGITAL VIDEO MOTION DETECTORS.  Digital video motion detectors enable a
security system to be programmed to activate an alarm and begin recording based
upon changes in a video scene compared with a reference scene. DIGITEK,
introduced in 1995, provides over 65,000 sensing points in a single video frame,
each of which can be programmed to activate an alarm based upon a set of
parameters.
 
    Other control products include hardwired controls, character generators for
source identification and equipment for transmitting, receiving, distributing
and amplifying video, audio and data signals.
 
MECHANICAL PRODUCTS
 
    Mechanical products position and protect cameras. They consist of remote
camera positioning units, which include pan-and-tilts and domed camera systems,
environmental camera enclosures, mounting equipment and both fixed focal length
and zoom lenses. Sales of mechanical products in 1997 were approximately $20.6
million, or 40% of net sales, and in the first quarter of 1998, were
approximately $6.4 million, or 43% of net sales.
 
    DOMED CAMERA SYSTEMS.  A dome is a camera enclosure shaped like a sphere.
Typically, the dome includes a pan-and-tilt mechanism as described below. Some
domes include fast, compact pan-and-tilt mechanisms which can move cameras very
rapidly--pan speeds of up to 360 degrees per second and tilt speeds of up to 120
degrees per second. The Company's SURVEYOR line of dome systems, introduced in
1997, are frequently used in casino gaming facilities, retail stores and
airports, where discreet surveillance is desired.
 
    PAN-AND-TILTS.  Pan-and-tilts are motorized robotic devices which support a
CCTV camera and allow it to be pointed at targets by remote control. Typically,
a pan-and-tilt device can move a camera at a rate of up to six degrees per
second. The Company is scheduled to begin delivering its new VISTAR pan-and-tilt
line to customers in May 1998. The VISTAR line is designed for rugged indoor or
outdoor use.
 
VIDEO PRODUCTS
 
    Video products generate, display and record video and audio signals. These
products consist of stand-alone standard or high resolution black and white or
color electronic cameras, digital or analog format recording equipment for video
and audio signals and standard or high resolution black and white or color
display monitors. Video products are supplied to the Company by others on a
private label basis. Sales of video products in 1997 were approximately $11.4
million, or 22% of net sales, and in the first quarter of 1998, were
approximately $3.2 million, or 21% of net sales.
 
OTHER PRODUCTS
 
    Sales in 1997 of special order items, replacement parts, design and project
management fees and miscellaneous products were approximately $1.8 million, or
4% of net sales, and in the first quarter of 1998, were approximately $700,000,
or 5% of net sales.
 
WARRANTY
 
    The Company's systems and system components are covered by a comprehensive
two-year warranty for both parts and labor. The warranty period begins when the
end user begins beneficial use of the system. Notwithstanding this extended
warranty period, to date, the Company's annual warranty cost has not been
material.
 
MARKETING AND SALES
 
    The Company's marketing strategy is to emphasize engineered CCTV systems
solutions which incorporate system design, project management and technical
training and support. The Company markets its products through industry trade
shows worldwide, product brochures and catalogues, direct mailings to existing
and prospective customers, product videos, in-house training seminars for
customers and end
 
                                       28
<PAGE>
users, road shows which preview new systems and system components, and
advertising through trade and end user magazines and the Company's internet web
site. The Company also maintains showrooms at its principal operating facility
in Long Island and at its European sales office in England for customers to use
and train on the Company's systems. The Company intends to expand its worldwide
marketing and sales efforts by increasing its promotional activity and
visibility in the marketplace.
 
    The Company's products are sold principally to approximately 2,000
independent dealers, system integrators and distributors. Sales are made
principally by field sales engineers, independent sales representatives and
customer service representatives. The Company's sales effort is supported by
in-house customer service and technical support groups which provide product
information, application engineering, system design, project management and
hardware and software technical support. The Company believes its commitment to
service and technical support enables it to build strong relationships with its
customers. The Company's principal sales offices are located in Long Island, New
York, Atlanta, Georgia, and Segensworth, England. The following table sets forth
the Company's recent U.S. and international sales:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,          DECEMBER 31,
                                                             -------------------------------  --------------------
                                                               1995       1996       1997       1996       1997
                                                             ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                          <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
                                                                                                  (UNAUDITED)
 
<CAPTION>
                                                                                (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                          <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
U.S. sales.................................................  $  26,133  $  26,937  $  32,858  $   7,258  $   9,008
International sales........................................     17,714     16,254     18,661      4,040      5,866
                                                             ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Net sales..................................................  $  43,847  $  43,191  $  51,519  $  11,298  $  14,874
                                                             ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                             ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    The Company's products have been used at various high profile locations
worldwide, including: O'Hare International Airport; Foxwoods Resort & Casino,
Connecticut; Henry Ford Hospital, Detroit; Fort Bragg, North Carolina; City of
Sao Paulo Traffic Control; and Xiamen International Airport, China. In addition,
the Company has received an order for certain products for a major installation
in the MGM Grand Hotel and Casino in Las Vegas.
 
U.S. SALES
 
    Sales in the U.S. are made by 11 in-house customer service representatives,
18 in-house field sales engineers and seven independent sales representative
companies. The Company sells or markets its CCTV systems and systems components
domestically on a non-exclusive basis to the following:
 
    - Installing dealers and system integrators;
 
    - Engineers, consultants and architects;
 
    - Government entities; and
 
    - Independent distributors.
 
    Installing dealers are companies which sell, design and install CCTV
systems. Dealers also train operators and provide after-market service and
support to end users. System integrators link different types of electronic
systems, such as access control with CCTV, to enable such systems to interact
and be managed from a centralized control point. Installing dealers and system
integrators, in turn, market the Company's products to commercial and industrial
end users, including office buildings, manufacturing plants, warehouses,
apartment complexes, shopping malls and retail stores. The majority of domestic
sales are through installing dealers and system integrators.
 
    Engineers, consultants and architects are professionals who are involved in
projects that use CCTV systems. These firms or individuals do not purchase
products from the Company, but specify the Company's products to end users.
 
                                       29
<PAGE>
    Government entities include the United States Government and its agencies.
Typical government customers include the Federal Bureau of Prisons, Federal
Aviation Administration and the United States Border Patrol. In July 1997, the
Company was awarded a one-year contract to supply certain types of video
surveillance systems to the U.S. Postal Service. The contract, which does not
obligate the U.S. Postal Service to purchase any systems, makes the Company the
sole source supplier for certain video surveillance systems. The U.S. Postal
Service has the option to renew the contract for two additional one-year
periods.
 
    Independent distributors are organizations that typically resell
manufacturers' products to installing dealers.
 
INTERNATIONAL SALES
 
    The Company sells its products in Europe through Vicon U.K. and elsewhere
outside the U.S. by direct export. Sales are made to installing dealers or
independent distributors which outside of Europe typically assume the
responsibility for warranty repair as well as sales and marketing costs to
promote the Company's product line. The Company has territorial exclusivity
agreements with customers in China, Japan and South Korea but uses a wide range
of installation companies and distributors in other international markets. The
Company also sells to one private label reseller, CBC, which markets certain of
the Company's products, principally in Europe, under the label "VISION STATION."
CBC is an affiliate of the Company. See "Certain Transactions." The Company's
international sales are conducted by 10 field sales engineers and nine in-house
customer service representatives.
 
    For most international sales, the Company generally purchases credit
insurance or requires a letter of credit or cash in advance of shipment. Some
international customers, who have a long standing relationship with the Company,
buy on an open account basis, subject to a satisfactory credit review. See "Risk
Factors--Risks Associated with International Sales."
 
    The Company's principal foreign markets are Europe and the Pacific Rim which
together accounted for approximately 80% of international sales in 1997. In
Australia, Japan, Norway and South Korea, the Company permits independent sales
representatives to use the Company's name for marketing purposes. These
arrangements are not covered by formal agreements and can be terminated at the
option of the Company under certain conditions. In February 1998, the Company
acquired a 30% ownership interest in an independent sales company in China,
which opened in July 1997.
 
MANUFACTURING AND PURCHASING
 
    The Company's strategy is to manufacture its products wherever the best
combination of reliability, cost, quality and timely delivery can be found. The
Company implements this strategy predominantly through a combination of
manufacturing and assembly operations. These operations include the CSE
manufacturing plant; independent labor subcontractors; independent contract
manufacturers and in-house personnel. There are no formal contracts with any of
the Company's production vendors and, except for the fulfillment of any
outstanding orders, the Company or the vendors may terminate the relationship at
any time.
 
    CSE is a joint venture owned equally by the Company and Chun Shin
Industries, a South Korean company controlled by Mr. Chu S. Chun. CSE currently
produces products that in 1997 represented 22% or $7.0 million of the Company's
materials purchases. CSE employs approximately 60 people at its approximately
12,000 square foot manufacturing facility. CSE's capacity is now fully utilized,
but can be expanded as the need arises. The Company has no capital commitment
obligations to CSE. See "Risk Factors--Dependence on Manufacturers and
Suppliers" and "Certain Transactions."
 
    Independent Long Island-based labor subcontractors assemble the Company's
products in accordance with the Company's instructions, quality standards and
test procedures. All materials are supplied to the subcontractors by the
Company. Independent labor subcontractors assemble certain mechanical, electro-
mechanical and electronic products for the Company.
 
                                       30
<PAGE>
    Independent U.S.-based contract manufacturers also assemble the Company's
products. However, unlike independent labor subcontractors, contract
manufacturers also purchase the materials required for production. Independent
contract manufacturers are monitored by the Company as to quality and production
performance. Independent contract manufacturers produce certain mechanical and
electro-mechanical products for the Company.
 
    The Company's in-house personnel perform assembly, system configuration,
testing and inspection of CCTV systems and system components at the Company's
principal operating facility in Long Island. It has in-house personnel who
assemble a limited number of electro-mechanical products, configure all CPU-
based systems and test all key products.
 
    The Company purchases CCTV lenses and certain cameras, monitors and VCRs
from various suppliers. The most significant supplier of such products to the
Company is CBC, a Japanese trading company which is a major shareholder of the
Company. See "Risk Factors--Dependence on Manufacturers and Suppliers." The
Company has been conducting business with CBC continuously for 20 years. See
"Certain Transactions." In 1997, the Company purchased approximately $7.1
million of products from CBC, or 23% of the Company's total purchases of
materials. The Company has no obligation to purchase any of the foregoing
products from CBC, except that CBC has the exclusive right to sell a certain
Asian-manufactured VCR to the Company. All of the products purchased from CBC
are resold under the VICON brand name.
 
INVENTORY
 
    The Company carries substantial inventory levels for a number of operating
reasons. First, since the Company utilizes installing dealers as its primary
sales channel, it must maintain significant levels of inventory as dealers
typically do not carry significant inventory. See "--Marketing and Sales".
Second, as part of its manufacturing strategy, the Company has shifted from
using contract manufacturers to using labor subcontractors. Consequently, the
Company must carry materials and work-in-progress inventories for its labor
subcontractors. Third, the Company holds a minimum level of safety stock of
finished goods at both its Long Island and U.K. facilities to respond to
unanticipated customer orders. Finally, the Company's inventory levels are
affected by the ordinary course time delays of four to nine months between
purchasing, production and shipping of products. See "Risk Factors--Risks
Associated with Inventory Management."
 
RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
 
    The Company's research and development ("R&D") strategy is to develop new
and improved CCTV systems and system components. In recent years, a trend of
product development and demand within the CCTV industry has been toward the
application of digital technology, specifically toward the compression, storage
and display of digitized video signals. As the demands of the Company's target
market segment requires the Company to keep pace with changes in technology, the
Company intends to focus its R&D effort in these developing areas. R&D projects
are chosen and prioritized based on direct customer feedback, the Company's
analysis as to the needs of the marketplace and technological advances and
marketing research. Through its R&D efforts, the Company developed and
introduced its AURORA, NOVA, MATRIX and SURVEYOR lines of products, among
others. See "Risk Factors--Risks Assocated with Product Design and Development"
and "-- Products."
 
    The Company employs a total of 23 engineers in the following areas: seven in
software development, eight in mechanical design, and eight in electrical and
circuit design. R&D expenditures have averaged approximately 4% of net sales for
each of the past three years.
 
COMPETITION
 
    The Company operates in a highly competitive marketplace both domestically
and internationally. The Company competes by providing engineered systems and
system components that incorporate broad
 
                                       31
<PAGE>
capability together with high levels of customer service and technical support.
Generally, the Company does not compete based on price alone.
 
    The Company's principal engineered CCTV systems competitors include the
following companies or their affiliates: Checkpoint Systems, Inc., Matsushita,
Pelco Sales Company, Philips Communications and Security Systems, Inc. (Burle
Industries, Inc.), Sensormatic Electronics Corporation, and Ultrak, Inc. Many
additional companies, both domestic and international, produce products that
compete against one or more of the Company's product lines. In addition, some
consumer video electronic companies or their affiliates, including Matsushita,
Mitsubishi Electric Corporation, Sanyo Electric Co., Ltd. and Sony Corporation,
compete with the Company for the sale of video products. CBC also competes with
the Company for the sale of video products. Most of the Company's competitors
are larger companies whose financial resources and scope of operations are
substantially greater than the Company's. See "Risk Factors--Competition."
 
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY
 
    Many of the Company's products employ proprietary software that is protected
by U.S. copyright. The Company believes that its proprietary software is unique
and is a principal element in the differentiation of the Company's products from
those of its competitors. The Company also has certain trademarks and owns a
limited number of design and utility patents expiring at various times. The
Company has no technology licenses or franchises with respect to any of its
products or business dealings. The Company does not deem its lack of patents,
licenses or franchises to be of substantial significance or to have a material
effect on its business. See "Risk Factors--Protection, Defense and Use of
Intellectual Property; Possible Infringement"
 
BACKLOG
 
    The backlog of orders was approximately $8.7 million as of December 31, 1997
compared with $4.4 million as of December 31, 1996. The Company does not
generally accept orders unless the scheduled delivery date is within six months.
While all backlog orders have scheduled delivery dates, most orders are
cancelable without penalty at the option of the customer.
 
REGULATION
 
    Many of the Company's products are subject to regulations of the FCC and the
CE pertaining to the emission of electronic signals and require compliance with
standards of the FCC and the CE before such products may be marketed.
Additionally, commercial acceptance of the Company's CCTV systems and system
components may be dependent upon the listing of such items with UL to certify
product safety or certification to ISO 9001 quality systems. The delay or
absence of compliance testing, safety listing, or quality certification could
have a material adverse effect on the Company's operations. Further, countries
could impose tariffs or adopt other restrictions on foreign trade or other
regulations which could adversely affect the Company's operations
internationally. The Company may become subject to additional regulations,
domestically and internationally, and there can be no assurance that the
regulatory environment in which the Company operates will not change
significantly in the future, or that the cost of regulatory compliance will not
be material. See "Risk Factors--Regulation."
 
PROPERTY
 
    The Company owns and operates a 56,000 square-foot facility located on
approximately five acres at 89 Arkay Drive, Hauppauge, N.Y. to which it
relocated its principal offices in April 1997. In January 1998, the Company
purchased the property it previously leased. See "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations--Liquidity and Capital
Resources."
 
    The Company also operates, under short-term leases, an 8,500 square-foot
warehouse in Hauppauge, N.Y., and a 3,500 square-foot sales office in Atlanta,
Georgia. In addition, the Company owns and operates
 
                                       32
<PAGE>
a 14,000 square-foot sales, service and warehouse facility in southern England
which services the U.K. and Europe.
 
    The Company believes that its facilities are adequate to meet its needs for
the current year. Due to recent growth in operations, the Company may need to
expand its principal operating facility or obtain adequate alternative space to
meet growing capacity demands. See "Risk Factors--Risks Associated With
Management of Growth."
 
EMPLOYEES
 
    At December 31, 1997, the Company employed 191 full-time employees in the
following areas: five in senior management, 43 in administration, 81 in sales,
29 in engineering, and 33 in production. There are no collective bargaining
agreements with any of the Company's employees and the Company considers its
relations with its employees to be good.
 
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
    The Company is involved in various legal proceedings occurring in the
ordinary course of business, none of which are believed by management to be
material.
 
                                       33
<PAGE>
                                   MANAGEMENT
 
DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
 
    The directors, executive officers and officers of the Company are set forth
below.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME                                         AGE                                   POSITION
- ---------------------------------------      ---      ------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                      <C>          <C>
Donald N. Horn.........................          69   Chairman of the Board
Kenneth M. Darby.......................          52   President, Chief Executive Officer, and Director
Arthur D. Roche........................          59   Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Secretary,
                                                      Member of the Office of the President and Director
John L. Eckman.........................          48   Vice President, U.S. Sales
Peter A. Horn..........................          42   Vice President, Compliance and Quality Assurance
Yacov A. Pshtissky.....................          46   Vice President, Technology and Development
Peter F. Barry.........................          69   Director
Milton F. Gidge........................          68   Director
Michael D. Katz........................          59   Director
Peter F. Neumann.......................          63   Director
W. Gregory Robertson...................          54   Director
Kazuyoshi Sudo.........................          55   Director
Arthur V. Wallace......................          72   Director
Chu S. Chun............................          63   Director-nominee*
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
*   Mr. Chu S. Chun is not currently a director but has been nominated by the
    Board of Directors as a director for the election to be held at the Annual
    Meeting of Shareholders scheduled for April 23, 1998.
 
    The business experience, principal occupations and employment, as well as
period of service, of each of the directors, executive officers and certain
other key employees of the Company during at least the last five years are set
forth below.
 
    DONALD N. HORN, CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD.  Mr. Horn was the founder of the
Company in 1967 and has served as its Chairman of the Board since that time. He
also served as Chief Executive Officer from 1967 until April 1992 and as
President until September 1991. Mr. Horn's current term on the Board ends in
April 1999.
 
    KENNETH M. DARBY, PRESIDENT, CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER, AND DIRECTOR.  Mr.
Darby has served as Chief Executive Officer since April 1992 and as President
since October 1991. He has served as a director since 1987. Mr. Darby also
served as Chief Operating Officer and as Executive Vice President, Vice
President, Finance and Treasurer of the Company. He joined the Company in 1978
as Controller after more than nine years at Peat Marwick Mitchell & Co., a
public accounting firm. Mr. Darby's current term on the Board ends in April
2000.
 
    ARTHUR D. ROCHE, EXECUTIVE VICE PRESIDENT, CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER,
SECRETARY, MEMBER OF THE OFFICE OF THE PRESIDENT AND DIRECTOR.  Mr. Roche has
been Executive Vice President and co-participant in the Office of the President
of the Company since August 1993. For the six months earlier, Mr. Roche provided
consulting services to the Company. In October 1991, Mr. Roche retired as a
partner of Arthur Andersen & Co., an international accounting firm which he
joined in 1960. Mr. Roche has served as a director since 1992. His current term
on the Board ends in April 1999.
 
    JOHN L. ECKMAN, VICE PRESIDENT, U.S. SALES.  Mr. Eckman has been Vice
President, U.S. Sales of the Company since July 1996. He joined the Company in
August 1995 as Eastern Regional Manager. Prior to joining the Company, he was
Director of Field Operations for Cardkey Systems, Inc., an access control
security products manufacturer, with which he was employed for 12 years.
 
                                       34
<PAGE>
    PETER A. HORN, VICE PRESIDENT, COMPLIANCE AND QUALITY ASSURANCE.  Mr. Horn
has been Vice President, Compliance and Quality Assurance of the Company since
1995. He joined the Company in January 1974 and has been employed in various
technical capacities. From 1994 to 1995, Mr. Horn served as Vice President,
Product Management. From September 1993 to 1994, he was Vice President,
Marketing. From May 1990 through August 1993, Mr. Horn served as Vice President,
New Products and Technical Support Services. Prior to that time, Mr. Horn was
Vice President, Engineering.
 
    YACOV A. PSHTISSKY, VICE PRESIDENT, TECHNOLOGY AND DEVELOPMENT.  Mr.
Pshtissky has been Vice President, Technology and Development since May 1990.
Mr. Pshtissky was Director of Electrical Product Development from March 1988
through April 1990. Prior to that time he was an Electrical Design Engineer.
 
    PETER F. BARRY, DIRECTOR.  Mr. Barry has been a director of the Company
since 1984. From August 1988 to March 1991, he served as Senior Vice President
of the Washington, D.C. operations of Grumman Corp, an aerospace manufacturer.
Prior to such time, he served as President of Hartman Systems, Inc., a
manufacturer of electronic controls and display devices for military
applications. Mr. Barry currently acts as a consultant to private industry on
government relations. His current term on the Board ends in April 1999.
 
    MILTON F. GIDGE, DIRECTOR.  Mr. Gidge has been a director of the Company
since 1987. He is a retired director and executive officer of Lincoln Savings
Bank for which he served from 1976 to 1994 as Chairman, Credit Policy. He has
also been a director since 1980 of Interboro Mutual Indemnity Insurance Co., a
general insurance mutual company, and a director of Intervest Bancshares
Corporation of New York, a mortgage banking holding company, and another
affiliated company of Intervest since 1988. Mr. Gidge's current term on the
Board ends in April 1998.
 
    MICHAEL D. KATZ, DIRECTOR.  Dr. Katz has been a director of the Company
since 1993. Dr. Katz is a physician practicing in New York. Since 1970, he has
been the President of Katz, Rosenthal, Ganz, Snyder & PDC. Dr. Katz's current
term on the Board ends in April 1998 and he has informed the Company that he
will not stand for reelection on the Board after the expiration of his current
term.
 
    PETER F. NEUMANN, DIRECTOR.  Mr. Neumann has been a director of the Company
since 1987. He is the retired President of Flynn-Neumann Agency, Inc., an
insurance brokerage firm. Since 1978, Mr. Neumann has served as a director of
Reliance Federal Savings Bank. Mr. Neumann's current term on the Board ends in
April 2000.
 
    W. GREGORY ROBERTSON, DIRECTOR.  Mr. Robertson has been a director of the
Company since 1991. He is President of TM Capital Corporation, a financial
services company which he founded in 1989. From 1985 to 1989, he was employed by
Thomas McKinnon Securities, Inc. as head of investment banking and public
finance. Mr. Robertson's current term on the Board ends in April 1998.
 
    KAZUYOSHI SUDO, DIRECTOR.  Mr. Sudo has been a director of the Company since
1987. Mr. Sudo is Chief Executive Officer of Chugai Boyeki (America) Corp., a
distributor of electronic, chemical and optical products. From 1981 to 1996, he
was Treasurer of such company. He has also been a director of Chugai Boyeki
Company, Ltd. since 1997. Mr. Sudo's current term on the Board ends in April
2000.
 
    ARTHUR V. WALLACE, DIRECTOR.  Mr. Wallace has been a director of the Company
since 1974. From 1979 to September 1990, he was Executive Vice President of the
Company. Mr. Wallace's current term on the Board ends in April 1998, and he has
informed the Company that he will not stand for reelection on the Board after
the expiration of his current term.
 
    CHU S. CHUN, DIRECTOR-NOMINEE.  Mr. Chun has been the President of CSI,
Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of International Industries,
Inc. ("I.I.I.") and President of CSE since at least 1988. See "Certain
Transactions."
 
                                       35
<PAGE>
    Except for the relationship between Peter A. Horn, an officer of the
Company, and Donald N. Horn, Chairman of the Board, there are no family
relationships between any director, executive officer, officer or person
nominated or chosen by the Company to became a director or officer. Peter A.
Horn is the son of Donald N. Horn.
 
COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 16(A) OF THE EXCHANGE ACT
 
    Based solely upon a review of Forms 3 and 4 and amendments thereto furnished
to the Company during 1997, no person who, at any time during 1997, was a
director, officer or beneficial owner of more than 10% of any class of equity
securities of the Company registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act
failed to file on a timely basis reports required by Section 16 of the Exchange
Act during 1997.
 
MEETINGS OF THE BOARD AND COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD
 
    The Board of Directors has a number of standing committees including the
Executive Committee, the Compensation Committee and Audit Committee.
 
    The Executive Committee consists of Messrs. Horn, Gidge, Darby and Roche, of
whom Messrs. Gidge and Horn are non-employee directors. The committee meets in
special situations when the full Board cannot be convened. The committee also
recommends candidates to the Board as nominees for election at the annual
meeting of shareholders. Nominees are selected on the basis of recognized
achievements and their ability to bring skills and experience to the
deliberations of the Board. The committee did not meet during the past fiscal
year.
 
    The Compensation Committee, whose present members are Messrs. Neumann,
Robertson and Wallace, held one meeting during the last fiscal year. The
function of the Compensation Committee is to establish and approve the
appropriate compensation for the President (including salary and incentive
bonus), recommend the award of stock options, and review the recommendations of
the President with respect to the compensation (including salary and incentive
bonuses) of all other officers.
 
    The Audit Committee consists of Messrs. Gidge, Barry and Sudo, each of whom
is a non-employee director. The Audit Committee reviews the internal financial
controls of the Company and the objectivity of its financial reporting. The
committee meets with appropriate financial personnel from the Company and
independent certified public accountants in connection with their audits. The
committee recommends to the Board the appointment of independent certified
public accountants to serve as the Company's auditors, subject to ratification
by the shareholders. The independent certified public accountants have complete
and free access to the committee at any time. The committee met once during the
last fiscal year.
 
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
    The following table sets forth all compensation awarded to, earned by, or
paid for all services rendered to the Company during 1997, 1996 and 1995 by the
Chief Executive Officer and the Company's most highly compensated executive
officers whose total annual salary and bonus exceeded $100,000 during any such
year.
 
                                       36
<PAGE>
                           SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        OTHER ANNUAL
                                                                                        COMPENSATION        ALL
                                                                                           OPTIONS         OTHER
                                                                              SALARY       (NO. OF     COMPENSATION
NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION                                        YEAR        ($)         SHARES)          ($)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------  ---------  ----------  -------------  -------------
<S>                                                              <C>        <C>         <C>            <C>
Kenneth M. Darby, Chief Executive Officer......................       1997  $  225,000       58,000     $  87,017(1)
                                                                      1996     195,000       95,000        34,750(2)
                                                                      1995     195,000       --             3,000(3)
 
Arthur D. Roche, Executive Vice President......................       1997     170,000       35,000        45,240(4)
                                                                      1996     150,000       25,000        15,875(5)
                                                                      1995     150,000       --             --
No listed officer received other non-cash compensation
  amounting to more than 10% of salary.
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) Represents life insurance policy payment of $3,000 and cash bonus of
    $84,017. The cash bonus equaled 4.55% of the sum of consolidated pre-tax
    income and provision for officers' bonuses, which bonus formula was adopted
    for years 1997 and 1998 by the Board of Directors upon the recommendation of
    its Compensation Committee.
 
(2) Represents life insurance policy premium payment of $3,000 and bonus in the
    form of 16,933 shares of Common Stock issued from treasury.
 
(3) Represents life insurance policy payment.
 
(4) Represents cash bonus. The cash bonus equaled 2.45% of the sum of
    consolidated pre-tax income and provision for officers' bonuses, which bonus
    formula was adopted for years 1997 and 1998 by the Board of Directors upon
    the recommendation of its Compensation Committee.
 
(5) Represents bonus in the form of 8,467 shares of Common Stock issued from
    treasury.
 
                       OPTION GRANTS IN LAST FISCAL YEAR
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                              POTENTIAL REALIZABLE
                                                                       INDIVIDUAL GRANTS                        VALUE AT ASSUMED
                                                    --------------------------------------------------------    ANNUAL RATES OF
                                                                    % OF TOTAL                                       STOCK
                                                      NO. OF          OPTIONS                                        PRICE
                                                      SHARES          GRANTED        EXERCISE                   APPRECIATION FOR
                                                    UNDERLYING     TO EMPLOYEES        PRICE                      OPTION TERM
                                                      OPTIONS           IN           PER SHARE   EXPIRATION   --------------------
NAME                                                  GRANTED       FISCAL YEAR         ($)         DATE         5%         10%
- --------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------------  -----------  -----------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                 <C>          <C>                <C>          <C>          <C>        <C>
Kenneth M. Darby..................................      38,000              16%      $  2.5000        10/01   $  26,200  $  58,000
                                                        20,000               8          3.0625         4/02      16,900     37,400
 
Arthur D. Roche...................................      25,000              10          2.5000        10/01      17,300     38,200
                                                        10,000               4          3.0625         4/02       8,500     18,700
</TABLE>
 
    Options granted in 1997 were issued under the Company's 1996 Incentive Stock
Option Plan. The options granted above are exercisable as follows: up to 30% of
the shares at the grant date, an additional 30% of the shares on the first
anniversary of the grant date, and the balance of the shares on the second
anniversary of the grant date, except that no option is exercisable after the
expiration of five years from the date of grant.
 
                                       37
<PAGE>
   AGGREGATED OPTION EXERCISES IN LAST FISCAL YEAR AND FISCAL YEAR-END OPTION
                                     VALUES
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         AT SEPTEMBER 30, 1997
                                                                                      ----------------------------
<S>                                                         <C>          <C>          <C>            <C>
                                                                                        NUMBER OF
                                                             NUMBER OF                 SECURITIES      VALUE OF
                                                              SHARES        VALUE      UNDERLYING    UNEXERCISABLE
                                                             ACQUIRED     REALIZED    UNEXERCISABLE  IN-THE-MONEY
NAME                                                        ON EXERCISE      (1)       OPTIONS(2)     OPTIONS(3)
- ----------------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -------------  -------------
Kenneth M. Darby..........................................     153,432    $ 698,621        78,600     $   484,775
Arthur D. Roche...........................................      75,500      343,750        34,500         206,875
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) Calculated based on the difference between the closing quoted market price
    ($6.50) per share at the date of exercise and the exercise price.
 
(2) No options were exercisable by the above named officers at September 30,
    1997.
 
(3) Calculated based on the closing quoted market price ($8.375).
 
NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION PLANS FOR OUTSIDE DIRECTORS
 
    The Company has two Non-qualified Stock Option Plans for Outside Directors,
the 1994 Non-qualified Stock Option Plan for Outside Directors and the 1996
Non-qualified Stock Option Plan for Outside Directors (collectively the
"Non-qualified Plans"). Each of the Non-qualified Plans provides for the
granting (without payment by optionees) of non-qualified options for an
aggregate of 50,000 shares of Common Stock to outside directors. The
Compensation Committee of the Company, comprised of independent directors
("Independent Directors"), determines the Independent Directors to whom options
are granted and the number of shares to be granted. All awards by the
Compensation Committee are subject to the approval of the Board of Directors.
 
    The exercise price per share of each option is equal to its fair market
value on the date the option is granted. Options become exercisable after one
year following the date of grant. All options granted under the Non-qualified
Plans expire upon the earlier of five years following the date of grant or three
months following the date the optionee ceases to be a director. Upon retirement
or death, all options previously granted become exercisable within one year.
There are no shares currently available for grant under the Non-qualified Plans.
 
INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION PLANS
 
    The Company has three Incentive Stock Option Plans, the 1986 Incentive Stock
Option Plan, the 1994 Incentive Stock Option Plan and the 1996 Incentive Stock
Option Plan (collectively, the "Incentive Plans"). Options granted under the
Incentive Plans qualify for special tax treatment under the Internal Revenue
Code. The purpose of the Incentive Plans is to provide additional incentives to
officers, directors and key employees of the Company who make important
contributions to the Company's operations and who will contribute to the
Company's growth and success. Officers, directors and other full time employees
of the Company and its subsidiaries are eligible to receive (without any payment
by them) options to purchase an aggregate of 150,000, 200,000 and 200,000
shares, respectively, of Common Stock under each of the Incentive Plans. The
Compensation Committee of the Company, comprised of Independent Directors,
selects the officers, directors and employees to whom options are to be granted
and the number of shares to be granted. All awards by the Compensation Committee
are subject to the approval of the Board of Directors.
 
    Options granted under the Incentive Plans may be exercised within five years
from the date of grant. The exercise price for shares to be acquired may not be
less than 100% of their fair market value on the date the option is granted or,
in the case of any optionee who owns more than 10% of the outstanding Common
Stock, not less than 110% of their fair market value on the date the option is
granted. Further, (i)
 
                                       38
<PAGE>
during the first year that an option is outstanding, it may be exercised in
respect of up to 30% of the shares covered by such option; (ii) during the
second year, it may be exercised in respect of an additional 30% of the shares
covered thereby; and (iii) during the third, fourth and fifth year, the option
may be exercised as to all remaining shares covered thereby. In addition, the
fair market value of the Common Stock with respect to which options are
exercisable by any optionee in any given calendar year may not exceed $100,000,
such value being determined at the time the options are granted, plus certain
carryover amounts. No option granted under the Incentive Plans will be
exercisable after the date on which the optionee ceases to perform services for
the Company except that, in the event of death, options may be exercised for up
to one year thereafter, and upon retirement, for up to three months after the
date an optionee ceases to perform services.
 
    The exercise price payable for Common Stock purchased under the Incentive
Plans may be paid in cash, through the surrender of previously held shares of
Common Stock valued at the fair market value on the date of exercise, or a
combination of cash and Common Stock. An aggregate of 45,535 additional options
may be issued under the Incentive Plans.
 
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS
 
    Mr. Darby and Mr. Roche have each entered into employment agreements with
the Company that provide for annual salaries of $225,000 and $170,000,
respectively, through 2002 and 1999, respectively. Each of these agreements
provides for payment in an amount up to three times their average annual
compensation for the previous five years if there is a change in control of the
Company without Board of Director approval (as defined in the agreements). In
addition, Messrs. Darby and Roche are eligible to receive cash and stock bonuses
based on performance of the Company. In 1997, they received a cash bonus equal
to 4.55% and 2.45%, respectively, of the sum of consolidated pre-tax income and
provision for officers' bonuses, which bonus formula was adopted for years 1997
and 1998 by the Board of Directors upon the recommendation of its Compensation
Committee. Mr. Darby's agreement also provides for a deferred compensation
benefit of 45,952 shares of Common Stock held by the Company in treasury. Such
benefit vests upon his retirement, or earlier under certain conditions. The
market value of such benefit approximated $345,000 at the date of grant.
 
    Donald N. Horn and Arthur V. Wallace (current directors of the Company) each
have deferred compensation agreements with the Company which provide that upon
reaching retirement age total payments of $917,000 and $631,000, respectively,
will be made in monthly installments over a 10-year period. The full deferred
compensation payment is subject to such individuals' adherence to certain
noncompete covenants. Mr. Wallace, who retired in September 1990, began
receiving payments under the agreement in October 1990 and Mr. Horn began
receiving payments under the agreement in January 1994.
 
DIRECTORS' COMPENSATION
 
    Directors, except the Chairman of the Board and employee directors, were
each compensated at the rate of $600 per Board meeting and $300 per committee
meeting attended in person while the Chairman of the Board was compensated at
the rate of $1,000 per Board meeting and $300 per committee meeting attended in
person through December 31, 1996. Since January 1, 1997, the directors and the
Chairman of the Board have been compensated at annual rates of $6,000 and
$10,000, respectively, while committee fees have been $500 per meeting attended
in person. Employee directors are not compensated for Board or committee
meetings.
 
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION
 
    The Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors consists of Messrs.
Neumann, Robertson and Wallace. Mr. Wallace retired in 1990 as Executive Vice
President. Neither of Messrs. Neumann or Robertson has ever been an officer of
the Company. See the section entitled "Certain Transactions"
 
                                       39
<PAGE>
included elsewhere herein for a discussion of certain other relationships
maintained by Mr. Neumann with the Company.
 
BOARD COMPENSATION COMMITTEE REPORT
 
    The Compensation Committee's compensation policies applicable to the
Company's executive officers for 1997 were to pay a competitive market price for
the services of such officers, taking into account the overall performance and
financial capabilities of the Company and the officer's individual level of
performance.
 
    Mr. Darby makes recommendations to the Compensation Committee as to the base
salary and incentive compensation of all executive officers other than himself.
The Committee reviews these recommendations with Mr. Darby and, after such
review, determines compensation. In the case of Mr. Darby, the Compensation
Committee makes its determination after direct negotiation with him. For each
executive officer, the committee's determinations are based on its conclusions
concerning each officer's performance and comparable compensation levels in the
CCTV industry and the Long Island area for similarly situated officers at
comparable companies. The overall level of performance of the Company is taken
into account but is not specifically related to the base salary of these
executive officers. Also, the Company has established an incentive compensation
plan for all of the executive officers, which provides a specified bonus to each
officer upon the Company's achievement of certain annual profitability targets.
 
    The Compensation Committee grants options to executive officers to link
compensation to the performance of the Company. Options are exercisable in the
future at the fair market value at the time of grant, so that an officer granted
an option is rewarded by the increase in the price of the Company's stock. The
committee grants options to executive officers based on significant
contributions of such officer to the performance of the Company. In addition, in
determining Mr. Darby's salary for service as Chief Executive Officer, the
committee considered the responsibility assumed by him in formulating and
implementing a management and operating restructuring plan.
 
                                       40
<PAGE>
                       PRINCIPAL AND SELLING SHAREHOLDERS
 
    The following table sets forth, as of the date of this Prospectus, and as
adjusted to reflect the sale of 1,575,000 shares of Common Stock offered by the
Company and the Selling Shareholders hereby, information regarding the
beneficial ownership of Common Stock by (i) Selling Shareholders and each
shareholder known by the Company to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of
the Company's outstanding Common Stock, (ii) each director, (iii) each executive
officer named in the Summary Compensation Table and (iv) all directors,
executive officers and officers of the Company as a group. The information set
forth below includes 133,200 shares of Common Stock issuable under presently
exercisable options granted to directors, executive officers and officers of the
Company pursuant to the Stock Option Plans. The information set forth in the
table does not include (a) 125,500 shares of Common Stock issuable under the
Company's stock option plans (the "Stock Option Plans") under options that are
not currently exercisable or (b) shares of Common Stock issuable upon the
exercise of the Underwriters' Warrants granted in connection with this Offering.
See "Underwriting." Donald N. Horn, Michael D. Katz and Arthur W. Wallace will
sell 48,605, 257,700 and 18,695 shares of Common Stock, respectively, in this
Offering. See "Certain Transactions."
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP                        BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP
                                                PRIOR TO THE OFFERING(2)                       AFTER THE OFFERING
                                                ------------------------                    ------------------------
<S>                                             <C>        <C>            <C>               <C>        <C>
                                                                             NUMBER OF
                                                                            SHARES TO BE
                                                                                SOLD
NAME AND ADDRESS(1)                              SHARES     PERCENTAGE    IN THIS OFFERING   SHARES     PERCENTAGE
- ----------------------------------------------  ---------  -------------  ----------------  ---------  -------------
Chugai Boyeki Company, Ltd. and affiliates....    548,715         16.8%          --           548,715         12.2%
Chu S. Chun...................................    204,507(3)         6.3         --           204,507          4.5
Michael D. Katz...............................    257,700(4)         7.9        257,700        --           --
Kenneth M. Darby..............................    231,837          7.1           --           231,837          5.1
Arthur D. Roche...............................    136,967(5)         4.2         --           136,967          3.0
Donald N. Horn................................    101,003(6)         3.1         48,605        52,398          1.2
Arthur V. Wallace.............................     18,695(6)           *         18,695        --           --
Kazuyoshi Sudo................................     14,000(6)           *         --            14,000            *
Milton F. Gidge...............................     10,000(7)           *         --            10,000            *
Peter F. Neumann..............................      8,000(6)           *         --             8,000            *
Peter F. Barry................................      5,600(6)           *         --             5,600            *
W. Gregory Robertson..........................      5,000(6)           *         --             5,000            *
All executive officers, officers and directors    872,252(8)        26.8%       325,000       547,252         12.1%
  as a group (13 individuals).................
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
*   Less than 1%.
 
(1) The address of Chugai Boyeki Company, Ltd. is 2-15-13 Tsukishima, Chuo-ku,
    Tokyo, Japan 104. The address of Chu S. Chun is c/o I.I.I. Companies, Inc.,
    915 Hartford Turnpike, Shrewsbury, Massachusetts 01545. The address of each
    of the other beneficial owners identified is c/o Vicon Industries, Inc., 89
    Arkay Drive, Hauppauge, N.Y. 11788.
 
(2) Unless otherwise indicated, the Company believes that all persons named in
    the table have sole investment and voting power over the shares of capital
    stock owned.
 
(3) Mr. Chun has voting and dispositive power over 204,507 shares but disclaims
    beneficial ownership as to all but 48,400 shares. 100,707 shares are owned
    by the International Industries, Inc. Profit Sharing Plan and 55,400 shares
    are owned by immediate family members.
 
(4) Includes currently exercisable options to purchase 5,000 shares and 252,700
    shares owned jointly by Mr. Katz and his wife.
 
(5) Includes currently exercisable options to purchase 7,500 shares and 124,467
    shares owned jointly by Mr. Roche and his wife.
 
(6) Includes currently exercisable options to purchase 5,000 shares.
 
(7) Includes currently exercisable options to purchase 8,000 shares.
 
(8) Includes currently exercisable options to purchase 133,200 shares.
 
                                       41
<PAGE>
                              CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS
 
    CBC beneficially owns 16.8% of the Common Stock of the Company. The business
relationship between the Company and CBC has continued for 18 years, during
which period CBC has served as (i) a lender, (ii) a product supplier and
sourcing agent, and (iii) a private label reseller of the Company's products.
Historically, CBC has provided a significant amount of funding to the Company in
the form of extended accounts payable related to product purchases. In 1997, the
Company incurred approximately $383,000 in interest expense on amounts it owed
to CBC in respect of extended accounts payable. CBC also acts as the Company's
sourcing agent for the purchase of certain video products. In 1997, the Company
purchased approximately $7.1 million of video products from or through CBC,
which includes approximately $286,000 in commissions on purchases of such
products. Additionally, the Company sells finished products to CBC for resale by
CBC in certain Asian and European markets. Sales to CBC were $2.7 million in
1997. CBC also has the exclusive right to sell the Company's products in Japan.
See "Risk Factors--Dependence on Manufacturers and Suppliers" and
"Business--Marketing and Sales." In April 1997, the Company repaid $236,000 of
mortgage loan indebtedness of Vicon U.K. to CBC with the proceeds of a new
10-year bank term loan. See "Statement of Cash Flow in Consolidated Financial
Statements." Although management believes that the CBC relationship has been
beneficial to the Company on an overall basis, the terms provided to the Company
by CBC for the foregoing may be less favorable than those the Company may be
able to obtain from unaffiliated third parties. Kazuyoshi Sudo, a director of
the Company and of CBC, is Chief Executive Officer of Chugai Boyeki (America)
Corp., a U.S. subsidiary of CBC. See "Risk Factors--Proceeds to Benefit
Principal Shareholders; Potential Conflicts of Interest."
 
    Mr. Chu S. Chun, who beneficially owns 6.3% of the Common Stock of the
Company, also owns CSI, a 50% partner with the Company in CSE. In 1997, CSE sold
approximately $7.0 million of products to the Company through I.I.I., a
U.S.-based company controlled by Mr. Chun. I.I.I. arranges the importation of,
and provides short-term financing on, all the Company's product purchases from
CSE which in 1997, included approximately $137,000 in connection with such
services. CSE also sold approximately $1.7 million of products to CSI, which has
the exclusive right to sell the Company's products in South Korea. In addition,
I.I.I. purchased approximately $1.1 million of products directly from the
Company during 1997 for resale to CSI. Although the Company believes its
relationships with CSE, CSI and I.I.I. have been beneficial to the Company on an
overall basis, the terms provided to the Company by I.I.I. for import financing
may be less favorable than those the Company may be able to obtain from
unaffiliated third parties. See "Risk Factors--Dependence on Manufacturers and
Suppliers" and "--Proceeds to Benefit Principal Shareholders; Potential
Conflicts of Interest."
 
    Peter F. Neumann, a director of the Company, is a former principal in the
insurance brokerage firm of Bradley & Parker, Inc., which is the agent for
certain of the Company's commercial insurance. The premium paid for such
insurance amounted to approximately $61,000 in 1997.
 
                                       42
<PAGE>
                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
 
    The authorized capital stock of the Company consists of 10,000,000
authorized shares of Common Stock, $.01 par value per share, 3,055,058 shares of
which were outstanding as of February 23, 1998.
 
    Subject to the rights of the holders of any then outstanding preferred stock
(none are authorized as of the date of this Prospectus), each holder of Common
Stock on the applicable record date is entitled to receive such dividends as may
be declared by the Board of Directors out of funds legally available therefor.
Upon liquidation or dissolution of the Company, each holder of Common Stock will
be entitled to share pro rata in any distribution of the Company's assets after
the payment of all debts and other liabilities, subject to the rights of the
holders of then outstanding preferred stock, if any. Each holder of Common Stock
is entitled to one vote per share owned of record on the applicable record date
on all matters presented to a vote of the holders of Common Stock, including the
election of directors. Holders of Common Stock have no cumulative voting rights
and, therefore, the holders of a majority of the shares voting for the election
of a class of directors can elect all the directors of such class and in such
event the holders of the remaining shares will not be able to elect any of such
directors. The holders of Common Stock have no preemptive rights to purchase or
subscribe for any stock or other securities and there are no conversion rights
or redemption or sinking fund provisions with respect to such stock. All
outstanding shares of Common Stock are, and the shares of Common Stock offered
hereby will be when issued, fully paid and nonassessable.
 
ANTI-TAKEOVER EFFECTS OF THE COMPANY'S GOVERNING DOCUMENTS
 
    Certain provisions of the Company's Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws
may be deemed to have anti-takeover effects and may discourage, delay or prevent
a third party from acquiring control of the Company by means of a tender offer,
a proxy contest for a majority of the Board of Directors or otherwise, including
such an action as might result in payment of a premium over the market price for
shares held by shareholders. These provisions (i) classify the Company's Board
of Directors into three classes, each of which serves for a different three-year
period, (ii) provide that only the Board of Directors and the Chairman of the
Board may call special meetings of the shareholders, (iii) provide that
directors of the Company may be removed without cause only by the affirmative
vote of the holders of at least 80% of the votes entitled to be cast by all then
outstanding shares of Common Stock, (iv) require an 80% shareholder vote to
amend or repeal the provisions described in item (i) and (iii) above, and (v) do
not provide for cumulative voting. See "Risk Factors--Control by Certain
Shareholders; Impediments to Change of Control."
 
INDEMNIFICATION
 
    Article 7 of the New York Business Corporation Law provides for the
indemnification of directors and officers subject to certain limitations. Among
other provisions, the statute provides that to be entitled to indemnification
under the statutory provisions, a person who is sued or threatened to be sued by
reason of being a director or officer of a New York corporation must
affirmatively establish that he acted in good faith for a purpose which he
reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the corporation. The statute
requires court approval to provide indemnification in a derivative action under
certain circumstances. Additionally, the indemnification to which directors,
officers and other persons serving the corporation are entitled excludes amounts
payable in a derivative action where the director, officer or other person is
adjudged to be liable to the corporation.
 
    The By-laws of the Company provide for the indemnification of its directors
and officers to the maximum extent provided by law. It is the position of the
Securities and Exchange Commission and certain state securities administrators
that any attempt to limit the liability of persons controlling an issuer under
the federal securities laws or state securities laws is contrary to public
policy and therefore, unenforceable.
 
                                       43
<PAGE>
TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR
 
    The Transfer Agent and Registrar for the Common Stock is Harris Trust
Company, New York, N. Y.
 
                        SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
    Immediately after completion of the Offering, the Company will have
4,315,058 shares of Common Stock outstanding, of which approximately 3,137,784
will be freely tradable without restriction, except for those shares, if any,
acquired in the Offering by "affiliates" of the Company as that term is defined
in the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Subject to the nine (9) month lock-up
arrangements described below, holders of the remaining 1,177,274 shares of
Common Stock will be eligible to sell such shares pursuant to Rule 144 ("Rule
144") under the Securities Act at prescribed times and subject to the applicable
restrictions of Rule 144. The Company's officers, directors and certain other
shareholders, who collectively own 1,177,274 shares of Common Stock and hold
options to acquire an additional 248,700 shares of Common Stock exercisable at
various dates through April 1999, have agreed with the Underwriters not to
offer, sell, pledge, contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to
purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any
shares of Common Stock of the Company or any securities convertible into or
exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock, or in any other manner transfer
all or a portion of the economic consequences associated with the ownership of
any Common Stock, for a period of nine (9) months after the date of this
Prospectus without the prior written consent of Fahnestock.
 
    After the expiration of the nine (9) month lock-up period, 1,151,874 shares
of Common Stock held by affiliates of the Company will become tradable, subject
to the restrictions of Rule 144 (other than the holding period restriction,
which has been satisfied). The 25,400 shares issued to Kenneth M. Darby, the
Company's President and Chief Executive Officer, and Arthur D. Roche, its
Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary, as compensation
in January 1997 will become tradable under Rule 144 in January 1999. The 248,700
shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under various stock option plans
will be freely tradeable upon issuance.
 
    In addition to the foregoing shares, 45,952 shares of Common Stock are held
in treasury and deliverable as deferred compensation to Mr. Darby upon his
retirement or earlier under certain conditions, which shares are restricted
securities that, when issued, can be sold pursuant to the restrictions of Rule
144 (see "Management--Executive Compensation."). Also, 157,500 shares of Common
Stock have been reserved for issuance upon exercise of the Underwriters'
Warrants (see "Underwriting"). Such warrants are exercisable for Common Stock at
an exercise price of $      per share commencing one year from the date of this
Prospectus. In addition, the Company may issue shares of Common Stock in
connection with future business acquisitions and resales of such shares by the
recipients. Such shares, if registered, could be sold in the public market.
 
    In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, a person (or persons
whose shares are aggregated) who has beneficially owned shares for at least one
year (including the holding period of any prior owner, except an affiliate) is
entitled to sell in "broker's transactions" or to market makers within any
three-month period, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of (i)
one percent of the number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding
(approximately 43,000 shares immediately after this Offering) or (ii) the
average weekly trading volume of the Common Stock during the four calendar weeks
preceding the required filing of a Form 144 with respect to such sale. Sales
under Rule 144 are generally subject to certain manner of sale provisions and
notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about
the Company. Under Rule 144(k), a person who is not deemed to have been an
affiliate of the Company at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale, and
who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least two years
(including the holding period of any prior owner, except an affiliate), is
entitled to sell such shares without having to comply with the manner of sale,
public information, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144.
Affiliates of the Company remain subject to all of the restrictions contained in
Rule 144, even after the expiration of a two-year holding period.
 
                                       44
<PAGE>
    No predictions can be made as to the effect, if any, that market sales of
the shares described above or the availability of such shares for sale will have
on the market price for shares of Common Stock prevailing from time to time.
Sales of substantial amounts of shares of Common Stock in the public market
following the Offering could adversely affect the market price of the Common
Stock and could impair the Company's future ability to raise capital through an
offering of equity securities.
 
                                       45
<PAGE>
                                  UNDERWRITING
 
    The underwriters named below (the "Underwriters"), have each severally
agreed, subject to the terms and conditions contained in the Underwriting
Agreement, to purchase, and the Company and the Selling Shareholders have agreed
to sell to the Underwriters, the number of shares of Common Stock indicated
below opposite the name of such underwriter at the initial public offering price
less the underwriting discount set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME OF UNDERWRITER                                                                              NUMBER OF SHARES
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  -----------------
<S>                                                                                              <C>
Fahnestock & Co. Inc...........................................................................
Southeast Research Partners, Inc...............................................................
                                                                                                 -----------------
      TOTAL....................................................................................       1,575,000
                                                                                                 -----------------
                                                                                                 -----------------
</TABLE>
 
    The Underwriting Agreement provides that the obligations of the Underwriters
are subject to certain conditions and that the Underwriters are committed to
purchase all of the shares (other than those covered by the over-allotment) if
any are purchased. The Underwriting Agreement provides that the Company will
indemnify the Underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities
under the Securities Act, or will contribute to payments the Underwriters may be
required to make in respect thereof.
 
    The Underwriters have advised the Company that they propose to offer the
Common Stock to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover
page of this Prospectus and to certain dealers at such price less a concession
not to exceed $         per share. The Underwriters may allow, and such dealers
may reallow, a concession of not more than $         to certain other dealers.
After the public offering, the offering price, the concession to certain dealers
and other selling terms may be changed by the Underwriters. The Underwriters
have agreed not to confirm sales of Common Stock offered hereby to any account
over which they exercise discretionary authority without the prior written
approval of the customer.
 
    The Company has granted to the Underwriters an option, exercisable not later
than 30 days after the date of this Prospectus, to purchase up to a maximum of
236,250 additional shares of Common Stock solely to cover over-allotments, if
any, at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discount set
forth on the cover page of this Prospectus. To the extent that the Underwriters
exercise this option, each Underwriter will be committed, subject to certain
conditions, to purchase approximately the same proportion of additional Shares
as the number of shares to be purchased by it shown in the foregoing table bears
to the total number of shares of Common Stock initially offered hereby.
 
    The Company's officers, directors and holders of 5% or more of the Company's
outstanding Common Stock as of the date of this Prospectus have agreed not to
sell, other than the over-allotment shares, if any, and shares to be sold in the
Offering by the Selling Shareholders, for a period of nine (9) months from the
date of this Prospectus, without the prior written consent of Fahnestock. The
lock-up period in respect of all officers and directors of the Company commenced
on December 15, 1997.
 
    The Company and Fahnestock will enter into an investment banking agreement
which, amongst other things, will grant Fahnestock a right of first refusal for
a period of eighteen (18) months after the closing date for any public offerings
or private equity financings of the Company or any of its present or future
subsidiaries. In addition, Fahnestock shall have the right to attend Board of
Director meetings and to receive the same information as Directors for one year.
The Company has also agreed to pay Fahnestock a non-accountable expense
allowance of $100,000, $40,000 of which has been paid to date.
 
    In connection with this Offering, the Company has agreed to grant to the
Underwriters warrants to purchase up to 157,500 shares of Common Stock (the
"Underwriters' Warrants"). The Underwriters' Warrants, which warrants (and the
underlying shares of Common Stock) are being registered pursuant to the
Registration Statement filed with respect to the Common Stock offered hereby,
shall be exercisable at
 
                                       46
<PAGE>
any time during a period of four (4) years commencing one year after their
issuance and provide for an exercise price equaling one hundred twenty percent
(120%) of the initial public offering price set forth herein. The Underwriters'
Warrants are non-transferrable during the term, except to affiliates of the
Underwriters, and grant to the holder thereof certain registration rights for
the securities issuable upon the exercise thereof.
 
    In connection with this Offering, the Underwriters and certain selling group
members and their respective affiliates may engage in transactions that
stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the Common Stock.
Such transactions may include stabilization transactions effected in accordance
with Rule 104 of Regulation M, pursuant to which such persons may bid for a
purchase Common Stock for the purpose of stabilizing its market price. The
Underwriters also may create a short position for the account of the
Underwriters by selling more Common Stock in connection with the Offering than
they are committed to purchase from the Company, and in such case may purchase
Common Stock in the open market following completion of the Offering to cover
all or a portion of such short position. The Underwriters may also cover all or
a portion of such short position, up to 236,250 shares of Common Stock, by
exercising the over-allotment option referred to above. In addition, the
Underwriters may impose "penalty bids" under contractual arrangements with
certain dealers participating in the Offering whereby the Underwriters may
reclaim from such dealers for the account of the Underwriters, the selling
concession with respect to Common Stock that is distributed in the Offering but
subsequently purchased for the account of the Underwriters in the open market.
Any of the transactions described in this paragraph may result in the
maintenance of the price of the Common Stock at a level above that which might
otherwise prevail in the open market. None of the transactions described in this
paragraph is required, and, if they are undertaken, they may be discounted at
any time.
 
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
 
    Certain legal matters with respect to the Common Stock offered hereby will
be passed upon for the Company by Schoeman, Marsh & Updike, LLP, New York, New
York. Certain legal matters will be passed upon for the Underwriters by Whitman
Breed Abbott & Morgan LLP, New York, New York. Richard Crystal, a member of
Whitman Breed Abbott & Morgan LLP, is a director of Fahnestock Viner Holdings
Inc., the parent company of Fahnestock.
 
                                    EXPERTS
 
    The consolidated financial statements as of September 30, 1997 and 1996 and
for each of the years in the three-year period ended September 30, 1997 have
been included herein and in the Registration Statement in reliance upon the
report of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP, independent certified public accountants,
appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in
auditing and accounting.
 
                                       47
<PAGE>
                             VICON INDUSTRIES, INC.
 
                   INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                               PAGE
                                                                                                             ---------
<S>                                                                                                          <C>
 
Report of Independent Certified Public Accountants.........................................................        F-2
 
Consolidated Balance Sheets at September 30, 1996 and 1997 and December 31, 1997 (unaudited)...............        F-3
 
Consolidated Statements of Operations, fiscal years ended September 30, 1995, 1996 and 1997 and three
  months ended December 31, 1996 and 1997 (unaudited)......................................................        F-4
 
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity, fiscal years ended September 30, 1995, 1996 and 1997 and
  three months ended December 31, 1997 (unaudited).........................................................        F-5
 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, fiscal years ended September 30, 1995, 1996, and 1997 and the three
  months ended December 31, 1996 and 1997 (unaudited)......................................................        F-6
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.................................................................        F-7
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-1
<PAGE>
               REPORT OF INDEPENDENT CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
 
The Board of Directors and Shareholders
Vicon Industries, Inc.:
 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Vicon
Industries, Inc. and subsidiaries as of September 30, 1997 and 1996, and the
related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders' equity and cash
flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended September 30, 1997.
These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's
management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated
financial statements based on our audits.
 
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present
fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Vicon Industries,
Inc. and subsidiaries at September 30, 1997 and 1996, and the results of their
operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period
ended September 30, 1997, in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles.
 
                                          KPMG PEAT MARWICK LLP
 
Jericho, New York
November 12, 1997
 
                                      F-2
<PAGE>
                    VICON INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            SEPTEMBER 30,       DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                        ----------------------  ------------
ASSETS                                                                                     1996        1997         1997
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ----------  ----------  ------------
<S>                                                                                     <C>         <C>         <C>
                                                                                                                (UNAUDITED)
Current Assets:
  Cash................................................................................  $  205,876  $  287,580   $  225,276
  Accounts receivable (less allowance of $396,000, $493,000 and $603,000 at September
    30, 1996 and 1997, and December 31, 1997, respectively)...........................   8,706,839   9,578,297   10,152,090
  Inventories:
    Parts, components, and materials..................................................   2,175,408   3,399,133    3,356,001
    Work-in-process...................................................................   1,391,552   2,046,174    1,904,228
    Finished products.................................................................  11,135,798  11,188,217   10,919,277
                                                                                        ----------  ----------  ------------
                                                                                        14,702,758  16,633,524   16,179,506
  Prepaid expenses....................................................................     529,631     307,580      392,154
                                                                                        ----------  ----------  ------------
      Total current assets............................................................  24,145,104  26,806,981   26,949,026
Property, plant and equipment:
  Land................................................................................     290,448     299,698      305,248
  Building and improvements...........................................................   1,507,630   1,653,503    1,677,056
  Machinery, equipment, and vehicles..................................................  11,842,120   6,409,729    6,525,922
                                                                                        ----------  ----------  ------------
                                                                                        13,640,198   8,362,930    8,508,226
  Less accumulated depreciation and amortization......................................  10,606,013   4,870,717    5,048,244
                                                                                        ----------  ----------  ------------
                                                                                         3,034,185   3,492,213    3,459,982
Other assets..........................................................................     905,327     900,417      870,481
                                                                                        ----------  ----------  ------------
                                                                                        $28,084,616 $31,199,611  $31,279,489
                                                                                        ----------  ----------  ------------
                                                                                        ----------  ----------  ------------
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
Current Liabilities:
  Borrowings under revolving credit agreement.........................................  $  959,583  $  169,006   $  471,490
  Current maturities of long-term debt................................................     203,719     515,092      501,169
  Accounts payable:
    Related party.....................................................................   7,457,482   7,146,985    6,902,119
    Other.............................................................................   1,811,730   1,407,917    1,785,825
  Accrued wages and expenses..........................................................   1,229,087   2,111,670    1,852,334
  Income taxes payable................................................................      87,205     105,188      152,343
  Deferred gain on sale and leaseback.................................................     332,100      --           --
                                                                                        ----------  ----------  ------------
      Total current liabilities.......................................................  12,080,906  11,455,858   11,665,280
Long-term debt:
  Related party.......................................................................   2,262,005   1,440,000    1,440,000
  Banks and other.....................................................................   4,166,881   6,904,368    5,776,092
Deferred gain on sale and leaseback...................................................     101,893      --           --
Other long-term liabilities...........................................................     504,776     485,402      466,746
 
Commitments and contingencies--Note 11
 
Shareholders' equity
  Common Stock, par value $.01 per share
    Authorized--10,000,000 shares
    Issued 2,802,728 shares at September 30, 1996 and 3,047,060 shares at September
     30, 1997 and December 31, 1997...................................................      28,027      30,470       30,470
  Capital in excess of par value......................................................   9,423,089   9,868,063    9,868,063
  Retained earnings (deficit).........................................................    (283,611)  1,280,907    2,289,880
                                                                                        ----------  ----------  ------------
                                                                                         9,167,505  11,179,440   12,188,413
  Less treasury stock at cost, 25,400 shares at September 30, 1996 and 45,952 shares
    at September 30, 1997 and December 31, 1997.......................................     (82,901)   (298,686)    (298,686)
  Foreign currency translation adjustment.............................................    (116,449)     33,229       41,644
                                                                                        ----------  ----------  ------------
      Total shareholders' equity......................................................   8,968,155  10,913,983   11,931,371
                                                                                        ----------  ----------  ------------
                                                                                        $28,084,616 $31,199,611  $31,279,489
                                                                                        ----------  ----------  ------------
                                                                                        ----------  ----------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-3
<PAGE>
                    VICON INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,                   DECEMBER 31,
                                       -------------------------------------------  ----------------------------
<S>                                    <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
                                           1995           1996           1997           1996           1997
                                       -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
 
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                    <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
Net sales............................  $  43,846,571  $  43,191,446  $  51,518,940  $  11,297,775  $  14,874,200
Cost of sales........................     34,300,638     32,234,192     37,043,750      8,116,967     10,245,525
                                       -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
  Gross profit.......................      9,545,933     10,957,254     14,475,190      3,180,808      4,628,675
 
Operating expenses:
    General and administrative
      expense........................      3,366,662      2,931,333      3,542,400        817,046      1,022,952
    Selling expense..................      6,433,483      6,800,361      7,957,340      1,904,149      2,192,954
    Relocation expense...............       --             --              225,129       --             --
                                       -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
                                           9,800,145      9,731,694     11,724,869      2,721,195      3,215,906
                                       -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
  Operating income (loss)............       (254,212)     1,225,560      2,750,321        459,613      1,412,769
 
Other income.........................           (550)       (41,908)       (39,896)       (33,623)      --
Interest expense.....................      1,013,383        882,290      1,143,699        263,948        338,796
                                       -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
    Income (loss) before income
      taxes..........................     (1,267,045)       385,178      1,646,518        229,288      1,073,973
Income tax expense...................         80,000         85,000         82,000         14,000         65,000
                                       -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
    Net income (loss)................  $  (1,347,045) $     300,178  $   1,564,518  $     215,288  $   1,008,973
                                       -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
                                       -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
Earnings (loss) per share:
    Basic............................  $        (.49) $         .11  $         .56  $         .08  $         .34
                                       -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
                                       -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
    Diluted..........................  $        (.49) $         .11  $         .52  $         .08  $         .31
                                       -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
                                       -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
</TABLE>
 
          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-4
<PAGE>
                    VICON INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                      FOREIGN       TOTAL
                                                                 CAPITAL IN   RETAINED               CURRENCY      SHARE-
                                                      COMMON     EXCESS OF    EARNINGS   TREASURY   TRANSLATION   HOLDERS'
                                          SHARES       STOCK     PAR VALUE   (DEFICIT)     STOCK    ADJUSTMENT     EQUITY
                                         ---------  -----------  ----------  ----------  ---------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                      <C>        <C>          <C>         <C>         <C>        <C>          <C>
Balance September 30, 1994.............  2,788,228   $  27,882   $9,396,890  $  763,256  $ (82,901)  $ (62,595)  $10,042,532
Foreign currency translation
  adjustment...........................     --          --           --          --         --         (62,461)      (62,461)
Net loss...............................     --          --           --      (1,347,045)    --          --        (1,347,045)
                                         ---------  -----------  ----------  ----------  ---------  -----------  -----------
Balance September 30, 1995.............  2,788,228   $  27,882   $9,396,890  $ (583,789) $ (82,901)  $(125,056)  $ 8,633,026
 
Foreign currency translation
  adjustment...........................     --          --           --          --         --           8,607         8,607
Exercise of stock options..............     14,500         145       26,199      --         --          --            26,344
Net income.............................     --          --           --         300,178     --          --           300,178
                                         ---------  -----------  ----------  ----------  ---------  -----------  -----------
Balance September 30, 1996.............  2,802,728   $  28,027   $9,423,089  $ (283,611) $ (82,901)  $(116,449)  $ 8,968,155
 
Foreign currency translation
  adjustment...........................     --          --           --          --         --         149,678       149,678
Stock bonus awarded from treasury......     --          --          (28,926)     --         82,901      --            53,975
Exercise of stock options..............    244,332       2,443      473,900      --       (298,686)     --           177,657
Net income.............................     --          --           --       1,564,518     --          --         1,564,518
                                         ---------  -----------  ----------  ----------  ---------  -----------  -----------
Balance September 30, 1997.............  3,047,060   $  30,470   $9,868,063  $1,280,907  $(298,686)  $  33,229   $10,913,983
 
Foreign currency translation adjustment
  (unaudited)..........................     --          --           --          --         --           8,415         8,415
Net income (unaudited).................     --          --           --       1,008,973     --          --         1,008,973
                                         ---------  -----------  ----------  ----------  ---------  -----------  -----------
Balance December 31, 1997 (unaudited)..  3,047,060   $  30,470   $9,868,063  $2,289,880  $(298,686)  $  41,644   $11,931,371
                                         ---------  -----------  ----------  ----------  ---------  -----------  -----------
                                         ---------  -----------  ----------  ----------  ---------  -----------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-5
<PAGE>
                    VICON INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                 YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,           DECEMBER 31,
                                            -----------------------------------  ---------------------
                                               1995         1996        1997       1996        1997
                                            -----------  ----------  ----------  ---------  ----------
                                                                                      (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                         <C>          <C>         <C>         <C>        <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
  Net income (loss).......................  $(1,347,045) $  300,178  $1,564,518  $ 215,288  $1,008,973
  Adjustments to reconcile net income
    (loss) to net cash (used in) provided
    by operating activities:
    Depreciation and amortization.........      704,900     699,211     783,859    183,127     166,752
    Amortization of deferred gain on sale
      and leaseback.......................     (332,100)   (332,100)   (433,993)  (343,210)     --
    Stock bonus award.....................      --           --          53,975     --          --
    Foreign exchange gain.................         (550)    (41,908)    (39,896)   (33,623)     --
    Change in assets and liabilities:
      Accounts receivable.................    1,417,089    (122,162)   (820,556)   (27,179)   (548,035)
      Inventories.........................    1,358,533  (2,593,382) (1,880,543)  (819,790)    487,928
      Prepaid expenses....................       13,513    (218,762)    230,371    (57,163)    (83,995)
      Other assets........................      (30,000)     67,780       4,910    (13,728)     29,936
      Accounts payable....................      708,591   1,045,453    (727,574)  (107,485)    129,235
      Accrued wages and expenses..........      409,285    (460,350)    875,673    217,849    (262,876)
      Income taxes payable................       48,077       7,517      14,762     13,844      46,419
      Other liabilities...................      (63,878)    (45,833)    (19,374)   (15,136)    (18,656)
                                            -----------  ----------  ----------  ---------  ----------
        Net cash provided by (used in)
          operating activities............    2,886,415  (1,694,358)   (393,868)  (787,206)    955,681
                                            -----------  ----------  ----------  ---------  ----------
Cash flows from investing activities:
  Capital expenditures, net of minor
    disposals.............................     (608,808)   (482,111)   (925,024)  (102,286)   (107,865)
                                            -----------  ----------  ----------  ---------  ----------
        Net cash used in investing
          activities......................     (608,808)   (482,111)   (925,024)  (102,286)   (107,865)
                                            -----------  ----------  ----------  ---------  ----------
Cash flows from financing activities:
  Net borrowings under U.S. credit and
    security agreement....................      --        4,142,898   1,860,518    767,426  (1,107,861)
  Repayments of U.S. revolving credit
    agreement.............................   (1,700,000) (2,800,000)     --         --          --
  Proceeds from exercise of stock
    options...............................      --           26,344     177,657     --          --
  (Decrease) increase in borrowings under
    U.K. revolving credit agreement.......      (29,511)     57,251    (831,275)   302,509     301,169
  Borrowings under U.K. term loan.........      --           --         810,000     --          --
  Repayment of U.K. mortgage..............     (145,280)   (140,846)   (353,112)  (139,080)     --
  Repayment of term loan..................      --           --        (200,000)    --          --
  Repayments of other debt................      (92,443)    (79,779)   (127,280)   (19,345)    (48,839)
                                            -----------  ----------  ----------  ---------  ----------
        Net cash (used in) provided by
          financing activities............   (1,967,234)  1,205,868   1,336,508    911,510    (855,531)
                                            -----------  ----------  ----------  ---------  ----------
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash...      (68,923)     24,627      64,088   (102,900)    (54,589)
                                            -----------  ----------  ----------  ---------  ----------
Net increase (decrease) in cash...........      241,450    (945,974)     81,704    (80,882)    (62,304)
Cash at beginning of period...............      910,400   1,151,850     205,876    205,876     287,580
                                            -----------  ----------  ----------  ---------  ----------
Cash at end of period.....................  $ 1,151,850  $  205,876  $  287,580  $ 124,994  $  225,276
                                            -----------  ----------  ----------  ---------  ----------
                                            -----------  ----------  ----------  ---------  ----------
Non-cash investing and financing
  activities:
  Capital lease obligations...............  $   178,151      --      $  276,624     --          --
Cash paid during the period for:
  Income taxes............................  $    32,097  $   78,121  $   29,203     --          --
  Interest................................  $   974,640  $  888,061  $1,118,963  $ 249,483  $  301,054
</TABLE>
 
          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-6
<PAGE>
                    VICON INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
   (INFORMATION WITH RESPECT TO DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND THE THREE MONTHS ENDED
 
                    DECEMBER 31, 1996 AND 1997 IS UNAUDITED)
 
NOTE 1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
NATURE OF OPERATIONS
 
    The Company designs, manufactures, assembles and markets closed circuit
television systems for use in security, surveillance, safety, and control
purposes by end users. The Company markets its products worldwide directly to
installing dealers, system integrators, government entities and distributors.
 
PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION
 
    The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Vicon
Industries, Inc. (the Company) and its wholly owned subsidiaries, Vicon
Industries Foreign Sales Corp., a Foreign Sales Corporation (FSC), and Vicon
Industries (U.K.), Ltd. after elimination of intercompany accounts and
transactions.
 
REVENUE RECOGNITION
 
    Revenues are recognized when products are sold and title is passed to a
third party, generally at the time of shipment.
 
INVENTORIES
 
    Inventories are valued at the lower of cost (on a moving average basis which
approximates a first-in, first-out method) or market. When it is determined that
a product or product line will be sold below carrying cost, affected on hand
inventories are written down to their estimated net realizable values.
 
LONG-LIVED ASSETS
 
    Property, plant, and equipment are recorded at cost and include expenditures
for replacements or major improvements. Depreciation, which includes
amortization of assets under capital leases, is computed by the straight-line
method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets for financial
reporting purposes and on an accelerated basis for income tax purposes.
Machinery, equipment and vehicles are being depreciated over periods ranging
from 2 to 10 years. The Company's building is being depreciated over a period of
40 years and leasehold improvements are amortized over the lesser of their
estimated useful lives or the remaining lease term. In connection with the
Company's move to a new principal operating facility in 1997, approximately $6.3
million of fully depreciated abandoned assets and leasehold improvements were
written off.
 
    The Company implemented the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards No. 121, "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for
Long-Lived Assets to be Disposed Of," effective October 1, 1996. The Company
reviews its long-lived assets (property, plant and equipment) for impairment
whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset
may not be recoverable. If the sum of the expected cash flows, undiscounted and
without interest, is less than the carrying amount of the asset, an impairment
loss is recognized as the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset
exceeds its fair value. The adoption of Statement No.121 had no impact on the
Company's financial positions or results of operations.
 
                                      F-7
<PAGE>
                    VICON INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
   (INFORMATION WITH RESPECT TO DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND THE THREE MONTHS ENDED
 
                    DECEMBER 31, 1996 AND 1997 IS UNAUDITED)
 
NOTE 1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
 
    Product research and development costs are principally charged to cost of
sales as incurred, and amounted to approximately $1,900,000, $1,800,000 and
$2,000,000 in fiscal 1995, 1996, and 1997, respectively.
 
EARNINGS PER SHARE
 
    In February 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement
of Financial Accounting Standards No. 128 (SFAS 128), "Earnings per Share" which
requires companies to present basic and diluted earnings per share (EPS),
instead of primary and fully diluted EPS that was previously required. Basic
earnings per share are computed based on the weighted average number of shares
outstanding. Diluted earnings per share reflect the maximum dilution that would
have resulted from the exercise of stock options and incremental shares issuable
under a deferred compensation agreement (see Note 9).
 
    The new standard was adopted by the Company in the first quarter ended
December 31, 1997 of fiscal year 1998. Prior period earnings per share data has
been restated to apply the provisions of SFAS 128.
 
FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSLATION
 
    Foreign currency translation is performed utilizing the current rate method
under which assets and liabilities are translated at the exchange rate on the
balance sheet date, while revenues, costs, and expenses are translated at the
average exchange rate for the reporting period. The resulting translation
adjustment of $(116,000) and $33,000 at September 30, 1996 and 1997,
respectively, is recorded as a component of shareholders' equity. Intercompany
balances not deemed long-term in nature at the balance sheet date resulted in a
translation gain of $47,000, $14,000 and $35,000 in 1995, 1996, and 1997,
respectively, which is reflected in cost of sales. Gains and losses on contracts
which hedge specific foreign currency denominated commitments, primarily
inventory purchases, are included in cost of sales.
 
INCOME TAXES
 
    The Company accounts for income taxes under the provisions of Financial
Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes", which
requires recognition of deferred tax liabilities and assets for the expected
future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial
statements or tax returns. Under this method, deferred tax liabilities and
assets are determined based on the difference between the financial statement
and tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for
the year in which the differences are expected to be recovered or settled (see
Note 5).
 
FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
 
    Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 107, "Disclosures About Fair
Value of Financial Instruments", requires disclosure of the fair value of
certain financial instruments. The carrying amounts for accounts and other
receivables, accounts payable and accrued expenses approximate fair value
because of the short-term maturity of these instruments. The carrying amounts of
the Company's long-term debt and extended term related party accounts payable
approximates fair value since the interest rates are prime-based and,
accordingly, are adjusted for market rate fluctuations. The fair value of
forward
 
                                      F-8
<PAGE>
                    VICON INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
   (INFORMATION WITH RESPECT TO DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND THE THREE MONTHS ENDED
 
                    DECEMBER 31, 1996 AND 1997 IS UNAUDITED)
 
NOTE 1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
exchange contracts is estimated by obtaining quoted market prices. The exchange
rates on committed forward exchange contracts at September 30, 1997 approximated
market rates for similar term contracts.
 
ACCOUNTING FOR STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION
 
    The Company has elected to follow Accounting Principles Board Opinion No.
25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees" (APB 25) and related
interpretations in accounting for its employee stock options. Under APB 25,
because the exercise price of employee stock options equals the market price of
the underlying stock on the date of grant, no compensation expense is recorded.
The Company has adopted the disclosure-only provisions of Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation" (SFAS
No. 123).
 
USE OF ESTIMATES
 
    The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
RECLASSIFICATION
 
    Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform with current
year presentation.
 
NOTE 2. INVESTMENT IN AFFILIATE
 
    The Company's 50 percent ownership interest in Chun Shin Electronics, Inc.,
a joint venture company which assembles certain Vicon products in South Korea,
is accounted for using the equity method of accounting which reflects the cost
of the Company's investment adjusted for the Company's proportionate share of
earnings or losses. Such earnings or losses were not material during each of the
three years ended September 30, 1997. Assets and sales of the joint venture were
approximately $4.9 million and $8.8 million, respectively, for the fiscal year
ended September 30, 1997. A significant portion of joint venture product sales
were to related parties including approximately $7.0 million indirectly to the
Company and approximately $1.7 million to a company owned by the other joint
venture partner (see Note 12).
 
NOTE 3. DEFERRED GAIN ON SALE AND LEASEBACK
 
    In fiscal 1988, under a sale and leaseback agreement, the Company sold its
principal operating facility in Melville, New York for approximately $11 million
and leased it back under a ten-year lease agreement. The transaction resulted in
a net gain of $3,321,000 which was deferred and was amortized over the ten-year
lease period. The Company terminated this lease in 1997 and wrote off the
unamortized balance against the cost of relocation.
 
                                      F-9
<PAGE>
                    VICON INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
   (INFORMATION WITH RESPECT TO DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND THE THREE MONTHS ENDED
 
                    DECEMBER 31, 1996 AND 1997 IS UNAUDITED)
 
NOTE 4. SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS
 
    Borrowings under revolving credit agreement represent short term borrowings
by the Company's U.K. subsidiary under a bank overdraft facility. In April 1997,
such credit agreement was amended to provide for maximum borrowings of 600,000
pounds ($972,000) and is secured by all the assets of the subsidiary. Maximum
borrowings during 1995, 1996 and 1997 amounted to approximately $1,083,000,
$1,045,000 and $1,282,000, respectively. The weighted-average interest rate on
borrowings during these years was 8.50% in 1995, 8.00% in 1996 and 8.27% in
1997.
 
    At September 30, 1996 and 1997 and December 31, 1997, Accounts
Payable--related party included approximately $4.4 million, $5.0 million and
$6.4 million, respectively, of extended accounts payable balances due Chugai
Boyeki Company, Ltd., a shareholder of the Company. The extended accounts
payable balances at September 30, 1996 and 1997 and December 31, 1997, includes
approximately $4.1 million, $4.7 million and $6.3 million, respectively, of
purchases denominated in U.S. dollars which bear interest at the prime rate of
the related party's U.S. bank (8.25% at September 30, 1996 and 8.50% at
September 30, 1997 and December 31, 1997). The remaining balances are
denominated in Japanese yen and bear interest at the related party's internal
lending rate (4.0% at September 30, 1996 and 1997 and December 31, 1997).
 
NOTE 5. INCOME TAXES
 
    The components of income tax expense for the fiscal years indicated are as
follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              1995        1996        1997
                                                           ----------  ----------  ----------
<S>                                                        <C>         <C>         <C>
Federal..................................................  $   --      $   --      $   24,000
State....................................................      --          --           5,000
Foreign..................................................      80,000      85,000      53,000
                                                           ----------  ----------  ----------
                                                           $   80,000  $   85,000  $   82,000
                                                           ----------  ----------  ----------
                                                           ----------  ----------  ----------
</TABLE>
 
    There were no deferred tax expenses in any of the years presented above.
 
    A reconciliation of the U.S. statutory tax rate to the Company's effective
tax rate follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          1995                      1996                      1997
                                                ------------------------  ------------------------  ------------------------
<S>                                             <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
                                                  AMOUNT       PERCENT      AMOUNT       PERCENT      AMOUNT       PERCENT
                                                -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
U.S. statutory tax............................  $  (431,000)      (34.0%) $   131,000        34.0%  $   560,000        34.0%
Change in valuation allowance.................      532,000        42.0       (56,000)      (14.5)     (467,000)      (28.3)
Foreign subsidiary operations.................      (42,000)       (3.3)      --           --             3,000         0.2
Officers' life insurance......................       17,000         1.3         5,000         1.3         4,000         0.2
Other.........................................        4,000          .3         5,000         1.3       (18,000)       (1.1)
                                                -----------       -----   -----------       -----   -----------       -----
    Effective Tax Rate........................  $    80,000         6.3%  $    85,000        22.1%  $    82,000         5.0%
                                                -----------       -----   -----------       -----   -----------       -----
                                                -----------       -----   -----------       -----   -----------       -----
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-10
<PAGE>
                    VICON INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
   (INFORMATION WITH RESPECT TO DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND THE THREE MONTHS ENDED
 
                    DECEMBER 31, 1996 AND 1997 IS UNAUDITED)
 
NOTE 5. INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)
    The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant
portions of the deferred tax assets and liabilities at September 30, 1996 and
1997 are presented below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          1996           1997
                                                                                      -------------  -------------
<S>                                                                                   <C>            <C>
Deferred tax assets:
  Deferred gain on sale and leaseback...............................................  $     146,000  $    --
  Inventory obsolescence and disposition reserves...................................        418,000        457,000
  Deferred compensation accruals....................................................        206,000        199,000
  Allowance for doubtful accounts receivable........................................        123,000        162,000
  Net operating loss carryforwards..................................................      2,001,000      1,726,000
  General business credit carryforwards.............................................        186,000        186,000
  Other.............................................................................          8,000          8,000
                                                                                      -------------  -------------
    Total deferred tax assets.......................................................      3,088,000      2,738,000
Less valuation allowance............................................................     (2,992,000)    (2,525,000)
                                                                                      -------------  -------------
    Net deferred tax assets.........................................................         96,000        213,000
                                                                                      -------------  -------------
 
Deferred tax liabilities:
  Cash surrender value of officers' life insurance..................................         73,000         73,000
  Other.............................................................................         23,000        140,000
                                                                                      -------------  -------------
    Total deferred tax liabilities..................................................         96,000        213,000
                                                                                      -------------  -------------
Net deferred tax assets and liabilities.............................................  $         -0-  $         -0-
                                                                                      -------------  -------------
</TABLE>
 
    The Company has provided a valuation allowance of $2,525,000 for deferred
tax assets since realization of these assets was not assured. At September 30,
1997, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards for federal income tax
purposes of approximately $5,100,000 which are available to offset future
federal taxable income, if any, through 2011. The Company also had general
business tax credit carryforwards for federal income tax purposes of
approximately $186,000 which are available to reduce future federal income
taxes, if any, through 2003. Pretax domestic income (loss) amounted to
approximately ($1,626,000), $136,000 and $1,414,000 in fiscal years 1995, 1996
and 1997, respectively. Pretax foreign income amounted to approximately
$291,000, $311,000 and $236,000 in fiscal years 1995, 1996 and 1997,
respectively.
 
                                      F-11
<PAGE>
                    VICON INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
   (INFORMATION WITH RESPECT TO DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND THE THREE MONTHS ENDED
 
                    DECEMBER 31, 1996 AND 1997 IS UNAUDITED)
 
NOTE 6. LONG-TERM DEBT
 
    Long-term debt is comprised of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              SEPTEMBER 30,       DECEMBER
                                                           --------------------      31,
                                                             1996       1997        1997
                                                           ---------  ---------  -----------
                                                                                 (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                        <C>        <C>        <C>
Related party:
  Mortgage loan denominated in Japanese yen at a formula
    interest rate (6.3% at September 30, 1996)...........  $ 393,008  $  --       $  --
 
  Term loan with interest rate of 1% above the prevailing
    prime rate (9.25% at September 30, 1996 and 9.50% at
    September 30, 1997 and December 31, 1997)............  2,000,000  1,800,000   1,800,000
                                                           ---------  ---------  -----------
                                                           2,393,008  1,800,000   1,800,000
  Less installments due within one year..................    131,003    360,000     360,000
                                                           ---------  ---------  -----------
                                                           $2,262,005 $1,440,000  $1,440,000
                                                           ---------  ---------  -----------
                                                           ---------  ---------  -----------
Banks and other:
  Revolving credit loan..................................  $4,142,898 $6,003,416  $4,895,555
  Bank term loan.........................................     --        776,250     770,001
  Capital lease obligations..............................     86,520    279,794     251,705
  Other..................................................     10,179     --          --
                                                           ---------  ---------  -----------
                                                           4,239,597  7,059,460   5,917,261
  Less installments due within one year..................     72,716    155,092     141,169
                                                           ---------  ---------  -----------
                                                           $4,166,881 $6,904,368  $5,776,092
                                                           ---------  ---------  -----------
                                                           ---------  ---------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
    In October 1993, the Company issued a $2,000,000 secured promissory note to
Chugai Boyeki Company, Ltd., a related party. The note is subordinated to senior
bank debt with regard to liens and interest under certain conditions. The
remaining balance at September 30, 1997 and December 31, 1997 is due in
installments of $360,000 on July 1, 1998 and $1,440,000 on July 1, 1999.
 
    In December 1995, the Company entered into a two year Credit and Security
Agreement with a bank which currently provides for maximum borrowings of
$6,500,000, subject to an availability formula based on accounts receivable and
inventory balances. In February 1997, the term of the agreement was extended to
January 31, 1999. Borrowings under the agreement bear interest at the bank's
prime rate plus 1.00% (9.50% at September 30, 1997 and December 31, 1997). The
Credit and Security Agreement contains restrictive covenants which, among other
things, restricts the payment of dividends and requires the Company to maintain
certain levels of net worth, earnings and ratios of interest coverage and debt
to net worth. Borrowings under this agreement are secured by substantially all
assets of the Company.
 
    In April 1997, the Company repaid its U.K. related party mortgage loan with
the proceeds of a new ten year 500,000 pound sterling (approximately $810,000)
bank term loan. The term loan is payable in equal monthly installments with
interest at a fixed rate of 9%. The loan is secured by a first mortgage on the
subsidiary's property and contains restrictive covenants which, among other
things, require the subsidiary to maintain certain levels of net worth, earnings
and debt service coverage.
 
                                      F-12
<PAGE>
                    VICON INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
   (INFORMATION WITH RESPECT TO DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND THE THREE MONTHS ENDED
 
                    DECEMBER 31, 1996 AND 1997 IS UNAUDITED)
 
NOTE 6. LONG-TERM DEBT (CONTINUED)
    Long-term debt maturing in each of the fiscal years subsequent to September
30, 1997 approximates $515,000 in 1998, $7,577,000 in 1999, $139,000 in 2000,
$144,000 in 2001, $113,000 in 2002 and $371,000 thereafter.
 
    At September 30, 1997, future minimum annual rental commitments under
non-cancelable capital lease obligations were as follows: $100,090 in 1998,
$69,334 per year in 1999 through 2001, and $33,454 in 2002.
 
NOTE 7. FOREIGN OPERATIONS
 
    The Company operates one foreign entity, Vicon Industries (U.K.), Ltd., a
wholly owned subsidiary which markets and distributes the Company's products
principally within the United Kingdom and Europe.
 
    The following summarizes certain information concerning the Company's
operations in the U.S. and U.K. for fiscal years 1995, 1996, and 1997:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          1995           1996           1997
                                                                      -------------  -------------  -------------
<S>                                                                   <C>            <C>            <C>
Net sales
  U.S...............................................................  $  34,294,000  $  35,468,000  $  43,605,000
  U.K...............................................................      9,553,000      7,723,000      7,914,000
                                                                      -------------  -------------  -------------
    Total...........................................................  $  43,847,000  $  43,191,000  $  51,519,000
Operating income (loss)
  U.S...............................................................  $    (827,000) $     805,000  $   2,387,000
  U.K...............................................................        573,000        421,000        363,000
                                                                      -------------  -------------  -------------
    Total...........................................................  $    (254,000) $   1,226,000  $   2,750,000
Identifiable assets
  U.S...............................................................  $  21,213,000  $  23,260,000  $  26,372,000
  U.K...............................................................      5,210,000      4,825,000      4,828,000
                                                                      -------------  -------------  -------------
    Total...........................................................  $  26,423,000  $  28,085,000  $  31,200,000
 
Net assets--U.K.....................................................  $     711,000  $     935,000  $   1,515,000
</TABLE>
 
    U.S. sales include $8,161,000, $8,531,000 and $10,747,000 for export in
fiscal years 1995, 1996, and 1997, respectively. Operating income (loss)
excludes foreign exchange gain/loss, interest expense and income taxes. U.S.
assets include $1,127,000, $117,000 and $162,000 in fiscal years 1995, 1996 and
1997, respectively, of cash for general corporate use.
 
NOTE 8. STOCK OPTIONS AND STOCK PURCHASE RIGHTS
 
    The Company maintains stock option plans which include both incentive and
non-qualified options covering a total of 467,032 shares of common stock
reserved for issuance to key employees, including officers, and directors. Such
amount includes a total of 200,000 options reserved for issuance under the 1996
Incentive Stock Option Plan, as well as a total of 50,000 options reserved for
issuance under the 1996 Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan for Outside Directors,
approved by the shareholders in April 1997. All
 
                                      F-13
<PAGE>
                    VICON INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
   (INFORMATION WITH RESPECT TO DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND THE THREE MONTHS ENDED
 
                    DECEMBER 31, 1996 AND 1997 IS UNAUDITED)
 
NOTE 8. STOCK OPTIONS AND STOCK PURCHASE RIGHTS (CONTINUED)
options are issued at fair market value at the grant date and are exercisable in
varying installments according to the plans. The plans allow for the payment of
option exercises through the surrender of previously owned shares based on the
fair market value of such shares at the date of surrender. During fiscal 1997, a
total of 45,952 common shares were surrendered pursuant to stock option
exercises, which are held in treasury. There were 32,935 and 47,535 shares
available for grant at September 30, 1996 and 1997, respectively. As of
September 30, 1995, 1996, and 1997, options exercisable pursuant to the plans
amounted to 198,783, 289,471 and 149,838, respectively. As of December 31, 1997,
there were 47,535 shares available for grant and 271,938 options exercisable
pursuant to the plans.
 
    Changes in outstanding stock options are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                            WEIGHTED
                                                                                                 NUMBER      AVERAGE
                                                                                                   OF       EXERCISE
                                                                                                 SHARES       PRICE
                                                                                               ----------  -----------
<S>                                                                                            <C>         <C>
Balance--September 30, 1994..................................................................     431,174   $    2.03
Options granted..............................................................................      25,000   $    1.94
Options exercised............................................................................      --          --
Options forfeited............................................................................    (156,513)  $    2.07
 
<CAPTION>
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                            <C>         <C>
Balance--September 30, 1995..................................................................     299,661   $    2.01
Options granted..............................................................................     245,397   $    1.72
Options exercised............................................................................     (14,500)  $    1.82
Options forfeited............................................................................     (85,909)  $    2.13
<CAPTION>
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                            <C>         <C>
Balance--September 30, 1996..................................................................     444,649   $    1.83
Options granted..............................................................................     241,000   $    2.77
Options exercised............................................................................    (244,332)  $    1.95
Options forfeited............................................................................     (21,820)  $    2.35
<CAPTION>
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                            <C>         <C>
Balance--September 30, 1997..................................................................     419,497   $    2.27
Options granted (unaudited)..................................................................      --          --
Options exercised (unaudited)................................................................      --          --
Options forfeited (unaudited)................................................................      --          --
<CAPTION>
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                            <C>         <C>
Balance--December 31, 1997 (unaudited).......................................................     419,497   $    2.27
Price range $1.69--$2.24 (weighted-average contractual life of 2.7 years) (unaudited)........     206,897   $    1.78
Price range $2.25--$3.06 (weighted-average contractual life of 4.3 years) (unaudited)........     212,600   $    2.76
<CAPTION>
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                            <C>         <C>
Exercisable options--
  September 30, 1995.........................................................................     198,783   $    2.07
  September 30, 1996.........................................................................     289,471   $    1.89
  September 30, 1997.........................................................................     149,838   $    1.96
  December 31, 1997 (unaudited)..............................................................     271,938   $    1.96
<CAPTION>
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-14
<PAGE>
                    VICON INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
   (INFORMATION WITH RESPECT TO DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND THE THREE MONTHS ENDED
 
                    DECEMBER 31, 1996 AND 1997 IS UNAUDITED)
 
NOTE 8. STOCK OPTIONS AND STOCK PURCHASE RIGHTS (CONTINUED)
    Pro forma information regarding net income and earnings per share is
required by SFAS 123, and has been determined as if the Company had accounted
for its employee stock options under the fair value method of this Statement.
The fair value for options was estimated at the date of grant using a Black-
Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions for
1996 and 1997.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                 1996       1997
                                                                                               ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                                            <C>        <C>
Risk-free interest rate......................................................................       6.0%       6.0%
Dividend yield...............................................................................       0.0%       0.0%
Volatility factor............................................................................      46.2%      52.7%
Weighted average expected life...............................................................    3 years    3 years
</TABLE>
 
    The Black-Scholes option valuation model was developed for use in estimating
the fair value of traded options which have no vesting restrictions and are
fully transferable.
 
    In addition, option valuation models require the input of highly subjective
assumptions including the expected stock price volatility. Because the Company's
employee stock options have characteristics significantly different from traded
options, and because changes in the subjective input assumptions can materially
affect the fair value estimate, in management's opinion, the existing models do
not necessarily provide a reliable single measure of the fair value of its
employee stock options.
 
    For purposes of pro forma disclosures, the estimated fair value of the
options is amortized to expense over the options' vesting period. The Company's
pro forma net income and earnings per share are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         1996         1997
                                                                      ----------  ------------
<S>                                                                   <C>         <C>
Net income:
  As reported.......................................................  $  300,178  $  1,564,518
  Pro forma.........................................................  $  213,848  $  1,364,368
 
Earnings per share:
  As reported
    Basic...........................................................  $      .11  $        .56
    Diluted.........................................................  $      .11  $        .52
 
  Pro forma
    Basic...........................................................  $      .08  $        .49
    Diluted.........................................................  $      .08  $        .45
 
Weighted average fair value of options granted......................  $      .64  $       1.13
</TABLE>
 
    Pro forma net earnings reflect only options granted in fiscal 1996 and 1997.
Therefore, the full impact of calculating compensation cost for stock options
under SFAS No. 123 is not reflected in the pro forma net earnings amounts
presented above because compensation cost is reflected over the options' vesting
period and compensation cost for options granted prior to October 1, 1995 was
not considered.
 
                                      F-15
<PAGE>
                    VICON INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
   (INFORMATION WITH RESPECT TO DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND THE THREE MONTHS ENDED
 
                    DECEMBER 31, 1996 AND 1997 IS UNAUDITED)
 
NOTE 9. EARNINGS PER SHARE
 
    The following table provides the components of the basic and diluted
earnings per share (EPS) computations:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             FOR THE YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                         -----------------------------------------
<S>                                                                      <C>            <C>           <C>
                                                                             1995           1996          1997
                                                                         -------------  ------------  ------------
BASIC EPS COMPUTATION
Net income (loss)......................................................  $  (1,347,045) $    300,178  $  1,564,518
 
Weighted average shares outstanding....................................      2,762,828     2,765,245     2,803,805
 
Basic earnings (loss) per share........................................  $        (.49) $        .11  $        .56
                                                                         -------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                         -------------  ------------  ------------
 
DILUTED EPS COMPUTATION
Net income (loss)......................................................  $  (1,347,045) $    300,178  $  1,564,518
 
Weighted average shares outstanding....................................      2,762,828     2,765,245     2,803,805
Stock options..........................................................       --              75,341       218,191
                                                                         -------------  ------------  ------------
Diluted shares outstanding.............................................      2,762,828     2,840,586     3,021,996
 
Diluted earnings (loss) per share......................................  $        (.49) $        .11  $        .52
                                                                         -------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                         -------------  ------------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                                               DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                        --------------------------
                                                                                            1996          1997
                                                                                        ------------  ------------
<S>                                                                                     <C>           <C>
                                                                                               (UNAUDITED)
BASIC EPS COMPUTATION
Net income............................................................................  $    215,288  $  1,008,973
 
Weighted average shares outstanding...................................................     2,777,328     3,001,108
 
Basic earnings per share..............................................................  $        .08  $        .34
                                                                                        ------------  ------------
                                                                                        ------------  ------------
 
DILUTED EPS COMPUTATION
Net income............................................................................  $    215,288  $  1,008,973
 
Weighted average shares outstanding...................................................     2,777,328     3,001,108
Stock options.........................................................................        93,104       291,264
Stock compensation arrangement........................................................       --                353
                                                                                        ------------  ------------
Diluted shares outstanding............................................................     2,870,432     3,292,725
 
Diluted earnings per share............................................................  $        .08  $        .31
                                                                                        ------------  ------------
                                                                                        ------------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 10. INDUSTRY SEGMENT AND MAJOR CUSTOMER
 
    The Company operates in one industry which encompasses the design,
manufacture, assembly, and marketing of closed-circuit television ("CCTV")
equipment and systems for the CCTV segment of the
 
                                      F-16
<PAGE>
                    VICON INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
   (INFORMATION WITH RESPECT TO DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND THE THREE MONTHS ENDED
 
                    DECEMBER 31, 1996 AND 1997 IS UNAUDITED)
 
NOTE 10. INDUSTRY SEGMENT AND MAJOR CUSTOMER (CONTINUED)
security products industry. The Company's products include all components of a
video surveillance system such as remote positioning devices, cameras, monitors,
video switchers, housings, mounting accessories, recording devices, manual and
motorized lenses, controls, video signal equipment, and consoles for system
assembly. No customer represented sales in excess of ten percent of consolidated
revenues during any of the three fiscal years presented.
 
NOTE 11. COMMITMENTS
 
    In December 1996, the Company entered into a five year lease agreement for a
new principal operating facility. The aggregate remaining commitment under such
agreement amounted to $1,614,000 at September 30, 1997 with minimum rentals for
the fiscal years shown as follows: 1998--$370,000; 1999-- $377,000;
2000--385,000; 2001--$392,000; and 2002--$90,000. Additionally, the Company
occupies certain other facilities, or is contingently liable, under operating
leases which expire at various dates through 2000. The leases, which cover
periods from one to three years, generally provide for renewal options at
specified rental amounts. The aggregate operating lease commitment at September
30, 1997 was $106,000 with minimum rentals for the fiscal years shown as
follows: 1998--$79,000; 1999--$18,000; and 2000- $9,000.
 
    The Company is a party to employment agreements with five executives which
provide for, among other things, the payment of compensation if there is a
change in control without Board of Director approval (as defined in the
agreements). The contingent liability under these change in control provisions
at September 30, 1997 was approximately $2,115,000. The total compensation
payable under these agreements aggregated $2,085,000 at September 30, 1997. The
Company is also a party to insured deferred compensation agreements with two
retired officers. The aggregate remaining compensation payments of approximately
$813,000 as of September 30, 1997 are subject to the individuals' adherence to
certain non-compete covenants, and are payable in monthly installments through
December 2003.
 
    In October 1997, the Company's Chief Executive Officer was provided a
deferred compensation benefit of 45,952 shares of common stock currently held by
the Company in treasury. The issuance of such shares occurs upon retirement of
the executive, or earlier under certain conditions. The market value of such
shares approximated $345,000 at the date of agreement, which will be amortized
over the expected minimum service period of the executive.
 
    Sales to customers from the Company's U.K. subsidiary are denominated in
British pounds sterling. The Company attempts to minimize its currency exposure
on these sales through the purchase of forward exchange contracts to cover its
U.S. dollar denominated product cost. These contracts generally involve the
exchange of one currency for another at a future date and specified exchange
rate. At September 30, 1997, the Company had approximately $1,350,000 of
outstanding forward exchange contracts to sell British pounds. Such contracts
expire at varying dates and exchange rates through January 26, 1998.
 
    The Company's purchases of Japanese sourced products through Chugai Boyeki
Company, Ltd., a related party, are denominated in Japanese yen. At September
30, 1997, the Company did not have any forward exchange contracts to purchase
Japanese yen.
 
                                      F-17
<PAGE>
                    VICON INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
   (INFORMATION WITH RESPECT TO DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND THE THREE MONTHS ENDED
 
                    DECEMBER 31, 1996 AND 1997 IS UNAUDITED)
 
NOTE 12. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
    As of September 30, 1996 and 1997, Chugai Boyeki Company, Ltd. and
affiliates ("Chugai") owned 548,715 shares of the Company's common stock (18.3%
of the total outstanding shares). The Company, which has been conducting
business with Chugai for approximately 18 years, imports certain finished
products and components through Chugai and also sells its products to Chugai who
resells the products in certain Asian and European markets. The Company
purchased approximately $11.6, $9.2 and $7.1 million of products and components
from Chugai in fiscal years 1995, 1996, and 1997, respectively, and the Company
sold $3.4, $2.1, and $2.7 million of product to Chugai for distribution in
fiscal years 1995, 1996, and 1997, respectively. At September 30, 1996 and 1997
and December 31, 1997, the Company owed $7.5 million, $7.1 million and $6.9
million, respectively, to Chugai and Chugai owed $148,000, $276,000 and
$816,000, respectively, to the Company resulting from purchases of products. The
amounts owed to Chugai are secured by a subordinated lien on substantially all
the Company's assets. During 1997, the Company repaid a mortgage loan made by
Chugai. In October 1993, the Company borrowed $2 million from Chugai under a
promissory note agreement. See Note 6 for a further discussion of this
transaction.
 
    As of September 30, 1997, Mr. Chu S. Chun controlled 204,507 shares of the
Company's common stock (6.8% of the total outstanding shares). Mr. Chun owns
Chun Shin Industries, Inc., the Company's 50% South Korean joint venture partner
in Chun Shin Security which purchases product from the joint venture (see Note
2). Mr. Chun also controls International Industries, Inc. (I.I.I.), a U.S. based
company, which arranges the importation and provides short term financing on all
the Company's product purchases from the joint venture company, Chun Shin
Electronics, Inc. During fiscal years 1996 and 1997, the Company purchased
approximately $5.8 million and $7.0 million of products from I.I.I. under this
agreement. In addition, the Company sold approximately $900,000 and $1,100,000
of its products to I.I.I. in 1996 and 1997, respectively. At September 30, 1996
and 1997 and December 31, 1997, I.I.I. owed the Company approximately $368,000,
$279,000 and $192,000, respectively.
 
NOTE 13. SUBSEQUENT EVENT (UNAUDITED)
 
    In January 1998, the Company purchased its principal operating facility for
approximately $3.3 million. The purchase was financed with the proceeds of an
aggregate $2.9 million mortgage and term loan agreement with a bank. Such
agreement includes a $2,512,000 ten-year mortgage loan payable in monthly
installments through January 2008, with a $1,188,000 payment due at the end of
the term. The agreement also provides a $388,000 five-year term loan payable in
monthly installments through January 2003. Both loans bear interest at the
bank's prime rate minus 1.35% (7.15% at January 29, 1998).
 
    The loans are secured by a first mortgage on the property and fixtures and
contain restrictive covenants which, among other things, requires the company to
maintain certain levels of earnings and ratios of debt service and interest
coverage and debt to net worth.
 
    At the same time, the Company entered into interest rate swap agreements
with the same bank to effectively convert the foregoing floating rate long-term
loans to fixed rate loans. These agreements change the Company's interest rate
exposure on its $2,512,000 floating rate mortgage loan to a fixed 7.79% and its
$388,000 floating rate term loan to a fixed 7.7%. The interest rate swap
agreements mature in the same amount and over the same period as the related
mortgage and term loans.
 
                                      F-18
<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
    NO DEALER, SALESPERSON OR OTHER PERSON HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY
INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS OTHER THAN THOSE CONTAINED OR
INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE IN THIS PROSPECTUS AND IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH
INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED
BY THE COMPANY, ANY SELLING SHAREHOLDERS OR ANY UNDERWRITER. THIS PROSPECTUS
DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY ANY OF
THE SECURITIES OFFERED HEREBY IN ANY JURISDICTION TO ANY PERSON TO WHOM IT IS
UNLAWFUL TO MAKE SUCH OFFER IN SUCH JURISDICTION. NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS
PROSPECTUS NOR ANY OFFER, SOLICITATION OR SALE MADE HEREUNDER SHALL, UNDER ANY
CIRCUMSTANCES, CREATE AN IMPLICATION THAT THERE HAS BEEN NO CHANGE IN THE
AFFAIRS OF THE COMPANY SINCE THE DATES AS OF WHICH INFORMATION IS FURNISHED OR
THE DATE HEREOF.
 
                            ------------------------
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    PAGE
                                                  ---------
<S>                                               <C>
Available Information...........................          1
Information Incorporated by Reference...........          1
Prospectus Summary..............................          2
Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking
  Statements....................................          6
Risk Factors....................................          6
Use of Proceeds.................................         14
Price Range of Common Stock and Dividends.......         15
Capitalization..................................         16
Selected Consolidated Financial and Operating
  Data..........................................         17
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
  Financial Condition and Results of
  Operations....................................         18
Business........................................         24
Management......................................         34
Principal and Selling Shareholders..............         41
Certain Transactions............................         42
Description of Capital Stock....................         43
Shares Eligible for Future Sale.................         44
Underwriting....................................         46
Legal Matters...................................         47
Experts.........................................         47
Index to Consolidated Financial
  Statements....................................        F-1
</TABLE>
 
                                     [LOGO]
 
                                1,575,000 SHARES
 
                                  COMMON STOCK
 
                             ---------------------
 
                                   PROSPECTUS
 
                             ---------------------
 
                             FAHNESTOCK & CO. INC.
 
                               SOUTHEAST RESEARCH
                                 PARTNERS, INC.
 
                                          , 1998
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
                                    PART II
 
                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
ITEM 14. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION
 
    The Registrant estimates that expenses payable by the Registrant in
connection with the Offering described in this Registration Statement (other
than underwriting discounts and commissions) will be as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                               <C>
Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee.............  $7,486.56
 
American Stock Exchange filing fee..............................  $   *
 
NASD filing fee.................................................  $2,798.00
 
Registrar and Transfer Agent's fees and expenses................      *
 
Printing and engraving expenses.................................      *
 
Accounting fees and expenses....................................      *
 
Fees and expenses (including legal fees) for qualification under
  state securities laws.........................................      *
 
Miscellaneous...................................................      *
 
      Total.....................................................  $   *
                                                                  ---------
                                                                  ---------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
*   To be filed by amendment.
 
ITEM 15. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
 
    Article 7 of the New York Business Corporation Law provides for the
indemnification of directors and officers subject to certain limitations. Among
other matters, the statute provides that to be entitled to indemnification under
the statutory provisions, a person who is sued or threatened to be sued by
reason of being a director or officer of a New York corporation must
affirmatively establish that he acted in good faith for a purpose which he
reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the corporation. The statute
requires court approval to provide indemnification in a derivative action under
certain circumstances. Additionally, the indemnification to which directors,
officers and other persons serving the corporation are entitled excludes amounts
payable in a derivative action where the director, officer or other person is
adjudged to be liable to the corporation.
 
    The By-laws of the Company provide for the indemnification of its directors
and officers to the maximum extent provided by law.
 
    The Company's directors and officers are insured against certain liabilities
for actions taken in such capacities, excluding certain liabilities under the
Securities Act of 1933, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or similar state
laws relating to offerings of securities.
 
                                      II-1
<PAGE>
ITEM 16. EXHIBITS
 
<TABLE>
<C>        <S>                                                                             <C>
        1  Underwriting Agreement+
 
        3  Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws, as amended (incorporated by
           reference to Exhibit 3 of the 1985 Annual Report on Form 10-K; Exhibit 4B of
           Form S-2 filed in Registration Statement No. 33-10435 and Exhibit A, B and C
           of the 1987 Proxy Statement)
 
      4.1  Specimen Common Stock Certificate*
 
      4.2  Underwriters' Warrants and Warrant Agreement+
 
        5  Opinion of Schoeman, Marsh & Updike, LLP*
 
     10.1  Credit and Security Agreement dated December 27, 1995 between the Registrant
           and IBJ Schroeder Bank & Trust Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
           10 the 1995 Annual Report on Form 10-K)
 
     10.2  Credit and Security Agreement between the Registrant and IBJ Schroeder Bank &
           Trust Company, First Amendment dated August 19, 1996 (incorporated by
           reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the 1996 Annual Report on Form 10-K)
 
     10.3  Credit and Security Agreement between the Registrant and IBJ Schroder Bank &
           Trust Company, Second Amendment dated February 5, 1997 (incorporated by
           reference to the Exhibit 10.1 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the
           quarter ended March 31, 1997)
 
     10.4  Promissory Note dated October 5, 1993 between the Registrant and Chugai Boyeki
           Company, Ltd., first amendment dated February 5, 1997 (incorporated by
           reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the 1997 Annual Report on Form 10-K)
 
     10.5  Employment Contract dated October 1, 1997 between the Registrant and Kenneth
           M. Darby (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of the 1997 Annual Report
           on Form 10-K)
 
     10.6  Employment Contract dated October 1, 1996 between the Registrant and Arthur D.
           Roche (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 of the 1996 Annual Report on
           Form 10-K)
 
     10.7  Employment Agreement dated October 1, 1997 between the Registrant and John L.
           Eckman (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 of the 1997 Annual Report on
           Form 10-K)
 
     10.8  Employment Agreement dated October 1, 1997 between the Registrant and Peter
           Horn (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 of the 1997 Annual Report on
           Form 10-K)
 
     10.9  Employment Agreement dated October 1, 1997 between the Registrant and Yacov
           Pshtissky (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 of the 1997 Annual Report
           on Form 10-K)
 
    10.10  Deferred Compensation Agreements dated November 1, 1986 between the Registrant
           and Donald N. Horn and Arthur V. Wallace (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
           10E of the 1992 Annual Report on Form 10-K)
</TABLE>
 
                                      II-2
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<C>        <S>                                                                             <C>
    10.11  Lease agreement dated December 24, 1996 between the Registrant and RREEF
           MIDAMERICA/EAST-V NINE, INC. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 of the
           1996 Annual Report on Form 10-K)
 
    10.12  Amended and restated 1986 Incentive Stock Option Plan (incorporated by
           reference to Exhibit 19 of the 1990 Annual Report on Form 10-K)
 
    10.13  1994 Incentive Stock Option Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10L of
           the 1994 Annual Report on Form 10-K)
 
    10.14  1994 Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan for Outside Directors (incorporated by
           reference to Exhibit 10M of the 1994 Annual Report on Form 10-K)
 
    10.15  1996 Incentive Stock Option Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15
           of the 1997 Annual Report on Form 10-K)
 
    10.16  1996 Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan for Outside Directors (incorporated by
           reference to Exhibit 10.16 of the 1997 Annual Report on Form 10-K)
 
    10.17  Advice of borrowing terms between the Registrant and National Westminster Bank
           PLC dated April 22, 1997 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10 of the
           Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1997)
 
    10.18  Commercial fixed rate loan agreement between the Registrant and National
           Westminster Bank PLC dated April 8, 1997 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
           10 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1997)
 
    10.19  Agreement of Purchase and Sale dated as of January 29, 1998 between Vicon
           Industries, Inc. and RREEF Midamerica/East-V, Nine, Inc. (incorporated by
           reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter
           ended December 31, 1997).
 
    10.20  Loan Agreement dated January 29, 1998 between Vicon Industries, Inc. and
           Keybank National Association (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the
           Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended December 31, 1997).
 
    10.21  Mortgage Note dated January 29, 1998 by Vicon Industries, Inc., as borrower,
           to order of Keybank National Association in the initial principal amount of
           $2,512,000 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Quarterly Report
           on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended December 31, 1997).
 
    10.22  Term Loan Note dated January 29, 1998 by Vicon Industries, Inc., as borrower,
           to order of Keybank National Association in the initial principal amount of
           $388,000 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the Quarterly Report on
           Form 10-Q for the quarter ended December 31, 1997).
 
    10.23  Mortgage and Security Agreement dated January 29, 1998 by Vicon Industries,
           Inc. in favor of Keybank National Association in amount of $2,512,000
           (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of the Quarterly Report on Form
           10-Q for the quarter ended December 31, 1997).
 
    10.24  Mortgage and Security Agreement dated January 29, 1998 by Vicon Industries,
           Inc. in favor of Keybank National Association in amount of $388,000
           (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 of the Quarterly Report on Form
           10-Q for the quarter ended December 31, 1997).
</TABLE>
 
                                      II-3
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<C>        <S>                                                                             <C>
    10.25  Interest Rate Master Swap Agreement dated December 11, 1997 between the
           Registrant and KeyBank National Association (incorporated by reference to
           Exhibit 10.7 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
           December 31, 1997).
 
       22  Subsidiaries of the Registrant (incorporated by reference to the Notes to the
           Consolidated Financial Statements)
 
     23.1  Consent of Schoeman, Marsh & Updike, LLP (included in Exhibit 5)*
 
     23.2  Consent of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP+
 
       24  Power of Attorney (included in Part II of the Registration Statement)+
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
+   Filed herewith
 
*   To be filed by amendment
 
ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS
 
    (a) The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that, for purposes of
determining any liability under the Securities Act, each filing of the
Registrant's annual report pursuant to section 13(a) or section 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (and, where applicable, each filing of an
employee benefit plan's annual report pursuant to section 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934) that is incorporated by reference in the
Registration Statement shall be deemed to be a new Registration Statement
relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities
at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
    (b) The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:
 
        (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act,
    the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this
    Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of
    prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b) (1) or (4) or
    497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this
    Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.
 
        (2) For the purpose of determining any liabilities under the Securities
    Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall
    be deemed to be a new Registration Statement relating to the securities
    offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be
    deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
    Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the
Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant
has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission
such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is,
therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against
such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred
or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the
successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter
has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public
policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of
such issue.
 
                                      II-4
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES
 
    Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Company
certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the
requirements for filing on Form S-2 and has duly caused this registration
statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly
authorized, in the Town of Hauppauge, State of New York, on February 24, 1998.
 
<TABLE>
<S>                             <C>  <C>
                                VICON INDUSTRIES, INC.
 
                                By:             /s/ KENNETH M. DARBY
                                     -----------------------------------------
                                                  Kenneth M. Darby
                                                     PRESIDENT
                                           (PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER)
 
                                By:             /s/ ARTHUR D. ROCHE
                                     -----------------------------------------
                                                  Arthur D. Roche
                                              EXECUTIVE VICE PRESIDENT
                                           (PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER)
 
                                By:              /s/ JOHN M. BADKE
                                     -----------------------------------------
                                                   John M. Badke
                                                     CONTROLLER
                                           (PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING OFFICER)
</TABLE>
 
                               POWER OF ATTORNEY
 
    KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears
below hereby constitutes and appoints Kenneth M. Darby and Arthur D. Roche his
true and lawful attorneys-in-fact, each acting alone, with full powers of
substitution and re-substitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in
any and all capacities, to sign any or all amendments, including any
post-effective amendments, to this registration statement, and to file the same,
with exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the
Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that
said attorneys-in-fact or their substitutes, each acting alone, may lawfully do
or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
 
                                      II-5
<PAGE>
    Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the
capacities and on the 24th day of February, 1998.
 
             NAME                         TITLE
- ------------------------------  --------------------------
 
      /s/ DONALD N. HORN
- ------------------------------  Chairman of the Board
        Donald N. Horn
 
     /s/ KENNETH M. DARBY
- ------------------------------  Director
       Kenneth M. Darby
 
     /s/ ARTHUR D. ROCHE
- ------------------------------  Director
       Arthur D. Roche
 
    /s/ ARTHUR V. WALLACE
- ------------------------------  Director
      Arthur V. Wallace
 
- ------------------------------  Director
        Peter F. Barry
 
- ------------------------------  Director
       Milton F. Gidge
 
     /s/ MICHAEL D. KATZ
- ------------------------------  Director
       Michael D. Katz
 
- ------------------------------  Director
       Peter F. Neumann
 
   /s/ W. GREGORY ROBERTSON
- ------------------------------  Director
     W. Gregory Robertson
 
- ------------------------------  Director
        Kazuyoshi Sudo
 
                                      II-6
<PAGE>
                                 EXHIBIT INDEX
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                             PAGE NO.
                                                                                                            -----------
<C>        <S>                                                                                              <C>
     1     Underwriting Agreement+
 
     3     Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws, as amended (in corporated by reference to Exhibit 3
           of the 1985 Annual Report on Form 10-K; Exhibit 4B of Form S-2 filed in Registration Statement
           No. 33-10435 and Exhibit A, B and C of the 1987 Proxy Statement)
 
     4.1   Specimen Common Stock Certificate*
 
     4.2   Underwriters' Warrants and Warrant Agreement+
 
     5     Opinion of Schoeman, Marsh & Updike, LLP*
 
    10.1   Credit and Security Agreement dated December 27, 1995 between the Registrant and IBJ Schroeder
           Bank & Trust Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10 the 1995 Annual Report on Form
           10-K)
 
    10.2   Credit and Security Agreement between the Registrant and IBJ Schroeder Bank & Trust Company,
           First Amendment dated August 19, 1996 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the 1996
           Annual Report on Form 10-K)
 
    10.3   Credit and Security Agreement between the Registrant and IBJ Schroder Bank & Trust Company,
           Second Amendment dated February 5, 1997 (incorporated by reference to the Exhibit 10.1 of March
           31, 1997 filing on Form 10-Q)
 
    10.4   Promissory Note dated October 5, 1993 between Registrant and Chugai Boyeki Company, Ltd., first
           amendment dated February 5, 1997 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the 1997 Annual
           Report on Form 10-K)
 
    10.5   Employment Contract dated October 1, 1997 between the Registrant and Kenneth M. Darby
           (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of the 1997 Annual Report on Form 10-K)
 
    10.6   Employment Contract dated October 1, 1996 between Registrant and Arthur D. Roche (incorporated
           by reference to Exhibit 10.6 of the 1996 Annual Report on Form 10-K)
 
    10.7   Employment Agreement dated October 1, 1997 between Registrant and John L. Eckman (incorporated
           by reference to Exhibit 10.7 of the 1997 Annual Report on Form 10-K)
 
    10.8   Employment Agreement dated October 1, 1997 between Registrant and Peter Horn (incorporated by
           reference to Exhibit 10.8 of the 1997 Annual Report on Form 10-K)
 
    10.9   Employment Agreement dated October 1, 1997 between Registrant and Yacov Pshtissky (incorporated
           by reference to Exhibit 10.9 of the 1997 Annual Report on Form 10-K)
 
    10.10  Deferred Compensation Agreements dated November 1, 1986 between the Registrant and Donald N.
           Horn and Arthur V. Wallace (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10E of the 1992 Annual Report
           on Form 10-K) Page No.
 
    10.11  Lease agreement dated December 24, 1996 between the Registrant and RREEF MIDAMERICA/EAST-V
           NINE, INC. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 of the 1996 Annual Report on Form 10-K)
 
    10.12  Amended and restated 1986 Incentive Stock Option Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 19
           of the 1990 Annual Report on Form 10-K)
 
    10.13  1994 Incentive Stock Option Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10L of the 1994 Annual
           Report on Form 10-K)
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                             PAGE NO.
                                                                                                            -----------
<C>        <S>                                                                                              <C>
    10.14  1994 Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan for Outside Directors (incorporated by reference to
           Exhibit 10M of the 1994 Annual Report on Form 10-K)
 
    10.15  1996 Incentive Stock Option Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 of the 1997 Annual
           Report on Form 10-K)
 
    10.16  1996 Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan for Outside Directors (incorporated by reference to
           Exhibit 10.16 of the 1997 Annual Report on Form 10-K)
 
    10.17  Advice of borrowing terms between the Registrant and National Westminster Bank PLC dated April
           22, 1997 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10 of the June 30, 1997 filing on Form 10-Q)
 
    10.18  Commercial fixed rate loan agreement between the Registrant and National Westminster Bank PLC
           dated April 8, 1997 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10 of the June 30, 1997 filing on
           Form 10-Q)
 
    10.19  Agreement of Purchase and Sale dated as of January 29, 1998 between Vicon Industries, Inc. and
           RREEF Midamerica/East-V, Nine, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Quarterly
           Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended December 31, 1997).
 
    10.20  Loan Agreement dated January 29, 1998 between Vicon Industries, Inc. and Keybank National
           Association (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for
           the quarter ended December 31, 1997).
 
    10.21  Mortgage Note dated January 29, 1998 by Vicon Industries, Inc., as borrower, to order of
           Keybank National Association in the initial principal amount of $2,512,000 (incorporated by
           reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended December
           31, 1997).
 
    10.22  Term Loan Note dated January 29, 1998 by Vicon Industries, Inc., as borrower, to order of
           Keybank National Association in the initial principal amount of $388,000 (incorporated by
           reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended December
           31, 1997).
 
    10.23  Mortgage and Security Agreement dated January 29, 1998 by Vicon Industries, Inc. in favor of
           Keybank National Association in amount of $2,512,000 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5
           of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended December 31, 1997).
 
    10.24  Mortgage and Security Agreement dated January 29, 1998 by Vicon Industries, Inc. in favor of
           Keybank National Association in amount of $388,000 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6
           of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended December 31, 1997).
 
    10.25  Interest Rate Master Swap Agreement dated December 11, 1997 between the Registrant and KeyBank
           National Association (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q
           for the quarter ended December 31, 1997)
 
    22     Subsidiaries of the Registrant (incorporated by reference to the Notes to the Consolidated
           Financial Statements)
 
    23.1   Consent of Schoeman, Marsh & Updike, LLP (included in Exhibit 5)*
 
    23.2   Consent of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP+
 
    24     Power of Attorney (included in Part II of the Registration Statement)+
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
+   Filed herewith
 
*   To be filed by amendment

<PAGE>

                                                                      Exhibit 1


                           1,575,000 Shares of Common Stock

                                VICON INDUSTRIES, INC.

                            FORM OF UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT



                                                              New York, New York

                                                                _______ __, 1998



FAHNESTOCK & CO. INC.
SOUTHEAST RESEARCH PARTNERS, INC.
c/o Fahnestock & Co. Inc.
125 Broad Street
16th Floor
New York, New York 10004

Ladies and Gentlemen:

          Vicon Industries, Inc., a New York corporation (the "Company"), 
proposes to issue and sell to the Underwriters named in Schedule A hereto 
(the "Underwriters") 1,250,000 shares (the "Company Shares") of Common Stock, 
$.01 par value, (such class of stock being herein called the "Common Stock"), 
of the Company.  In addition, certain shareholders of the Company named in 
Schedule B hereto (the "Selling Shareholders"), propose to sell to the 
Underwriters an additional 325,000 shares of Common Stock (the "Selling 
Shareholder Shares").  The Company shares and the Selling Shareholder Shares 
are herein called the "Firm Shares."  In addition, the Company will grant to 
the Underwriters an option to purchase up to an additional 237,250 shares of 
Common Stock (the "Option Shares") for the purpose of covering 
over-allotments in connection with the sale of Firm Shares.  The Firm Shares 
and any Option Shares purchased pursuant to this Underwriting Agreement are 
herein called "Shares."

          The Company also proposes to issue and sell to the Underwriters 
warrants (the "Underwriters' Warrants") pursuant to the Underwriters' Warrant 
Agreement (the "Underwriters' Warrant Agreement") for the purchase of an 
additional aggregate 157,500 shares of Common Stock.  The shares of Common 
Stock issuable upon exercise of the Underwriters' Warrants are hereinafter 
referred to as the "Underwriters' Shares." The Firm Shares, the Option 
Shares, the Underwriters' Warrants and the Underwriters' Shares (collectively,


<PAGE>

hereinafter referred to as the "Securities") are more fully described in the 
Registration Statement and the Prospectus referred to below.

          1.   Representations and Warranties of the Company.  The Company 
represents and warrants to, and agrees with, each of the Underwriters as of 
the date hereof, and as of the Closing Date (hereinafter defined) and the 
Option Closing Date (hereinafter defined), if any, as follows:

               (a)  The Company has prepared and filed with the Securities 
and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") a registration statement, and an 
amendment or amendments thereto, on Form S-2 (No. 333-_____), including any 
related preliminary prospectus ("Preliminary Prospectus"), for the 
registration of the Securities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended 
(the "Act"), which registration statement and amendment or amendments have 
been prepared by the Company in conformity with the requirements of the Act, 
and the rules and regulations (the "Regulations") of the Commission under the 
Act.  The Company will promptly file a further amendment to said registration 
statement in the form heretofore delivered to the Underwriters, and will not 
file any other amendment thereto to which the Underwriters shall have 
objected to in writing after having been furnished with a copy thereof.  
Except as the context may otherwise require, such registration statement, as 
amended, on file with the Commission at the time the registration statement 
becomes effective (including the prospectus, financial statements, schedules, 
exhibits and all other documents filed as a part thereof or incorporated 
therein (including, but not limited to, those documents or information 
incorporated by reference therein) and all information deemed to be a part 
thereof as of such time pursuant to paragraph (b) of Rule 430(A) of the 
Regulations), is hereinafter called the "Registration Statement", and the 
form of prospectus in the form first filed with the Commission pursuant to 
Rule 424(b) of the Regulations, is hereinafter called the "Prospectus."  For 
purposes hereof, "Rules and Regulations" mean the rules and regulations 
adopted by the Commission under either the Act or the Securities Exchange Act 
of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), as applicable.

               (b)  Neither the Commission nor any state regulatory authority 
has issued any order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary 
Prospectus, the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or any part of any 
thereof and no proceedings for a stop order suspending the effectiveness of 
the Registration Statement or any of the Company's securities have been 
instituted or are pending or to the Company's knowledge, threatened.  Each of 
the Preliminary Prospectus, Registration Statement and Prospectus at the time 
of filing thereof conformed with the requirements of the Act and the Rules 
and Regulations, and none of the Preliminary Prospectus, Registration 
Statement or Prospectus at the time of filing thereof contained an untrue 
statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact required to 
be stated therein and necessary to make the statements therein, in light of 
the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, provided, 
however, that this representation and warranty does not apply to statements 
made or statements omitted in reliance upon and in conformity with written 
information furnished to the Company with respect to the Underwriters by or 
on behalf of any Underwriter expressly for use in such Preliminary 
Prospectus, Registration Statement or Prospectus.

                                       2

<PAGE>

               (c)  When the Registration Statement becomes effective and at 
all times subsequent thereto, the Registration Statement and the Prospectus 
will contain all statements which are required to be stated therein in 
accordance with the Act and the Rules and Regulations, and will conform to 
the requirements of the Act and the Rules and Regulations; neither the 
Registration Statement nor the Prospectus, nor any amendment or supplement 
thereto, will contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to 
state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make 
the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were 
made, not misleading, provided, however, that this representation and 
warranty does not apply to statements made or statements omitted in reliance 
upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company with 
respect to the Underwriters by or on behalf of any Underwriter expressly for 
use in the Preliminary Prospectus, Registration Statement or Prospectus or 
any amendment thereof or supplement thereto.

               (d)  (i)  Each of the Company and its subsidiaries, all of 
which are identified in the Registration Statement (each, a "Subsidiary and, 
collectively the "Subsidiaries"), has been duly organized and is validly 
existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction 
of its organization.  Neither the Company nor the Subsidiaries owns an 
interest in any corporation, partnership, trust, joint venture or other 
business entity, except as described in the Registration Statement.  Each of 
the Company and its Subsidiaries is duly qualified and licensed and in good 
standing as a foreign corporation in each jurisdiction in which its ownership 
or leasing of any properties or the character of its operations requires such 
qualification or licensing.  Each of the Company and its Subsidiaries has all 
requisite corporate power and authority, and each of the Company and its 
Subsidiaries has obtained any and all necessary authorizations, approvals, 
orders, licenses, certificates, franchises and permits of and from all 
governmental or regulatory officials and bodies (including, without 
limitation, those having jurisdiction over environmental or similar matters), 
to own or lease its properties and conduct its business as described in the 
Prospectus; each of the Company and its Subsidiaries is and has been doing 
business in compliance with all such authorizations, approvals, orders, 
licenses, certificates, franchises and permits and all federal, state and 
local laws, rules and regulations; and neither the Company nor the 
Subsidiaries has received any notice of proceedings relating to the 
revocation or modification of any such authorization, approval, order, 
license, certificate, franchise, or permit which, singly or in the aggregate, 
if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, would 
materially and adversely affect the condition, financial or otherwise, or the 
earnings, position, prospects, value, operation, properties, business or 
results of operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.  
The disclosures in the Registration Statement concerning the effects of 
federal, state and local laws, rules and regulations on the Company's and the 
Subsidiaries' business as currently conducted and as contemplated are correct 
in all material respects and do not omit to state a material fact necessary 
to make the statements contained therein not misleading in light of the 
circumstances in which they were made.

          (ii)  Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is party to any joint 
venture or partnership agreement ("Joint Venture") except as set forth in the 
Registration Statement.  Each Joint Venture has all requisite corporate power 
and authority, and has obtained any and all necessary authorizations, 
approvals, orders, licenses, certificates, franchises and permits of and 

                                       3

<PAGE>

from all governmental or regulatory officials and bodies (including, without 
limitation, those having jurisdiction over environmental or similar matters), 
to own or lease its properties and conduct its business as described in the 
Prospectus; each Joint Venture is and has been doing business in compliance 
with all such authorizations, approvals, orders, licenses, certificates, 
franchises and permits and all applicable national and local laws, rules and 
regulations; and no Joint Venture has received any notice of proceedings 
relating to the revocation or modification of any such authorization, 
approval, order, license, certificate, franchise, or permit which, singly or 
in the aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or 
finding, would materially and adversely affect the condition, financial or 
otherwise, or the earnings, position, prospects, value, operation, 
properties, business or results of operations of the Joint Venture, taken as 
a whole.  The disclosures in the Registration Statement concerning the 
effects of national and local laws, rules and regulations on the Joint 
Venture business as currently conducted and as contemplated are correct in 
all material respects and do not omit to state a material fact necessary to 
make the statements contained therein not misleading in light of the 
circumstances in which they were made.

               (e)  The Company has a duly authorized, issued and outstanding 
capitalization as set forth in the Prospectus, under "Capitalization" and 
"Description of Securities" and will have the adjusted capitalization set 
forth therein on the Closing Date and the Option Closing Date, if any, based 
upon the assumptions set forth therein, and the Company is not a party to or 
bound by any instrument, agreement or other arrangement providing for it to 
issue any capital stock, rights, warrants, options or other securities, 
except for this Agreement, the Underwriters' Warrant Agreement and as 
described in the Prospectus.  The Securities and all other securities issued 
or issuable by the Company conform or, when issued and paid for, will 
conform, in all respects to all statements with respect thereto contained in 
the Registration Statement and the Prospectus.  All issued and outstanding 
securities of the Company have been duly authorized and validly issued and 
are fully paid and non-assessable and the holders thereof have no rights of 
rescission with respect thereto, and are not subject to personal liability by 
reason of being such holders; and none of such securities were issued in 
violation of the preemptive rights of any holders of any security of the 
Company or similar contractual rights granted by the Company.  The Securities 
are not and will not be subject to any preemptive or other similar rights of 
any stockholder, have been duly authorized and, when issued, paid for and 
delivered in accordance with the terms hereof, will be validly issued, fully 
paid and nonassessable and will conform to the description thereof contained 
in the Prospectus; the holders thereof will not be subject to any liability 
solely by reason of being such holders; all corporate action required to be 
taken for the authorization, issue and sale of the Securities has been duly 
and validly taken; and the certificates representing the Securities will be 
in due and proper form. Upon the issuance and delivery pursuant to the terms 
hereof of the Securities to be sold by the Company or the Selling 
Shareholders hereunder, the Underwriters or the Underwriters, as the case may 
be, will acquire good and marketable title to such Securities free and clear 
of any lien, charge, claim, encumbrance, pledge, security interest, defect or 
other restriction or equity of any kind whatsoever.

               (f)  KPMG Peat Marwick LLP, the accountants who have certified 
the financial statements filed and to be filed with the Commission as part of 
the Registration

                                       4

<PAGE>

Statement, each Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, are independent 
public accountants within the meaning of the Act and the Regulations. The 
consolidated financial statements, including the related notes and schedules 
thereto, included in the Registration Statement, each Preliminary Prospectus 
and the Prospectus fairly present the financial position, income, changes in 
cash flow, changes in stockholders' equity, and the results of operations of 
the Company and the Subsidiaries at the respective dates and for the 
respective periods to which they apply and the pro forma financial 
information included in the Registration Statement and Prospectus presents 
fairly, on a basis consistent with that of the audited financial statements 
included therein, what the Company's pro forma capitalization would have been 
for the respective periods and as of the respective dates to which they apply 
after giving effect to the adjustments described therein.  Such financial 
statements have been prepared in conformity with generally accepted 
accounting principles and the Regulations, consistently applied throughout 
the periods involved. There has been no adverse change or development 
involving a material prospective change in the condition, financial or 
otherwise, or in the earnings, position, prospects, value, operation, 
properties, business, or results of operations of the Company and the 
Subsidiaries, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business, 
since the date of the financial statements included in the Registration 
Statement and the Prospectus, and the outstanding debt, the property, both 
tangible and intangible, and the business of the Company and the Subsidiaries 
conform in all material respects to the descriptions thereof contained in the 
Registration Statement and the Prospectus.  Financial information set forth 
in the Prospectus under the headings "Summary Consolidated Financial Data," 
"Selected Consolidated Financial Data," "Capitalization," and "Management's 
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," 
fairly present, on the basis stated in the Prospectus, the information set 
forth therein, have been derived from or compiled on a basis consistent with 
that of the audited financial statements included in the Prospectus.

               (g)  Each of the Company and the Subsidiaries (i) has paid all 
federal, state, local, and foreign taxes for which it is liable and for which 
payment is due, including, but not limited to, withholding taxes and amounts 
payable under Chapters 21 through 24 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 
(the "Code"), and has furnished all information returns it is required to 
furnish pursuant to the Code, (ii) has established adequate reserves for such 
taxes which are not due and payable, and (iii) does not have any tax 
deficiency or claims outstanding, proposed or assessed against it.

               (h)  No transfer tax, stamp duty or other similar tax is 
payable by or on behalf of the Underwriters in connection with (i) the 
issuance by the Company of the Securities, (ii) the purchase by the 
Underwriters of the Securities to be sold by the Company or any Selling 
Shareholder hereunder and the purchase by the Underwriters of the 
Underwriters' Warrants from the Company, (iii) the consummation by each of 
the Company or any Selling Shareholder of any of its obligations under this 
Agreement or the Underwriters' Warrant Agreement, as the case may be or (iv) 
resales of the Shares in connection with the distribution contemplated hereby.

               (i)  Each of the Company and the Subsidiaries maintains 
insurance policies, including, but not limited to, general liability, product 
liability and property insurance,

                                       5

<PAGE>

which insures the Company, the Subsidiaries and their respective employees, 
against such losses and risks generally insured against by comparable 
businesses.  Neither the Company nor any of the Subsidiaries (A) has failed 
to give notice or present any insurance claim with respect to any matter, 
including but not limited to the Company's business, property or employees, 
under the insurance policy or surety bond in a due and timely manner, (B) has 
any disputes or claims against any underwriter of such insurance policies or 
surety bonds or has not failed to pay any premiums due and payable 
thereunder, or (C) has failed to comply with all conditions contained in such 
insurance policies and surety bonds. There are no facts or circumstances 
under any such insurance policy or surety bond which would relieve any 
insurer of its obligation to satisfy in full any valid claim of the Company 
or any Subsidiary.

               (j)  There is no action, suit, proceeding, inquiry, 
arbitration, investigation, litigation or governmental proceeding (including, 
without limitation, those having jurisdiction over environmental or similar 
matters), domestic or foreign, pending or threatened against (or 
circumstances that may give rise to the same), or involving the properties or 
business of, the Company or any of the Subsidiaries which (i) questions the 
validity of the capital stock of the Company, this Agreement or the 
Underwriters' Warrant Agreement or of any action taken or to be taken by the 
Company pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement or the Underwriters' 
Warrant Agreement, (ii) is required to be disclosed in the Registration 
Statement which is not so disclosed (and such proceedings as are summarized 
in the Registration Statement are accurately summarized in all material 
respects), or (iii) except for matters disclosed in the Prospectus, might 
materially and adversely affect the condition, financial or otherwise, or the 
earnings, position, prospects, stockholders' equity, value, operation, 
properties, business or results of operations of the Company.

               (k)  The Company has full legal right, corporate power and 
authority to authorize, issue, deliver and sell the Securities (other than 
the Selling Shareholder Shares), enter into this Agreement and the 
Underwriters' Warrant Agreement and to consummate the transactions provided 
for in such agreements; and this Agreement and the Underwriters' Warrant 
Agreement have each been duly and properly authorized, executed and delivered 
by the Company.  Each of this Agreement and the Underwriters' Warrant 
Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding agreement of the Company 
enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except (i) as 
such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, 
reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance or similar laws affecting 
creditors' rights generally, (ii) as enforceability of any indemnification or 
contribution provisions may be limited under applicable laws or the public 
policies underlying such laws and (iii) that the remedies of specific 
performance and injunctive and other forms of equitable relief may be subject 
to equitable defenses and to the discretion of the court before which any 
proceedings may be brought.  None of the Company's issue and sale of the 
Securities, execution or delivery of this Agreement or the Underwriters' 
Warrant Agreement, its performance hereunder and thereunder, its consummation 
of the transactions contemplated herein and therein, or the conduct of its 
business as described in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus, and any 
amendments or supplements thereto, conflicts with or will conflict with or 
results or will result in any breach or violation of any of the terms or 
provisions of, or constitutes or will constitute a default under, or result 
in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge, claim, encumbrance, 

                                       6

<PAGE>

pledge, security interest, defect or other restriction or equity of any kind 
whatsoever upon, any property or assets (tangible or intangible) of the 
Company or the Subsidiaries pursuant to the terms of, (i) the certificate of 
incorporation or by-laws of any of the Company or the Subsidiaries, (ii) any 
license, contract, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, voting trust 
agreement, stockholders agreement, note, loan or credit agreement or any 
other agreement or instrument to which any of the Company or the Subsidiaries 
is a party or by which it is or may be bound or to which any of its 
properties or assets (tangible or intangible) is or may be subject, or any 
indebtedness, or (iii) any statute, judgment, decree, order, rule or 
regulation applicable to any of the Company or the Subsidiaries of any 
arbitrator, court, regulatory body or administrative agency or other 
governmental agency or body (including, without limitation, those having 
jurisdiction over environmental or similar matters), domestic or foreign, 
having jurisdiction over any of the Company or the Subsidiaries or any of its 
activities or properties.

               (l)  Except as described in the Prospectus, no consent, 
approval, authorization or order of, and no filing with, any court, 
regulatory body, government agency or other body, domestic or foreign, is 
required for the issuance of the Shares pursuant to the Prospectus and the 
Registration Statement, the issuance of the Underwriters' Warrants, the 
performance of this Agreement and the Underwriters' Warrant Agreement and the 
transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, including without limitation, 
any waiver of any preemptive, first refusal or other rights that any entity 
or person may have for the issue and/or sale of any of the Shares or the 
Underwriters' Warrants, except such as have been or may be obtained under the 
Act or may be required under state securities or Blue Sky laws in connection 
with the Underwriters' purchase and distribution of the Shares, and the 
Underwriters' Warrants to be sold by the Company hereunder and under the 
Underwriters' Warrant Agreement.

               (m)  All executed agreements, contracts or other documents or 
copies of executed agreements, contracts or other documents filed as exhibits 
to the Registration Statement to which any of the Company or the Subsidiaries 
is a party or by which it may be bound or to which any of its assets, 
properties or business may be subject have been duly and validly authorized, 
executed and delivered by the Company, and constitute the legal, valid and 
binding agreements of the Company or the Subsidiaries, as the case may be, 
enforceable against the Company, in accordance with their respective terms.  
The descriptions in the Registration Statement of agreements, contracts and 
other documents are accurate in all material respects and fairly present the 
information required to be shown with respect thereto on Form S-2, and there 
are no contracts or other documents which are required by the Act to be 
described in the Registration Statement or filed as exhibits to the 
Registration Statement which are not described or filed as required, and the 
exhibits which have been filed are in all material respects complete and 
correct copies of the documents of which they purport to be copies.

               (n)  Subsequent to the respective dates as of which 
information is set forth in the Registration Statement and Prospectus, and 
except as may otherwise be indicated or contemplated herein or therein, 
neither the Company nor any of the Subsidiaries has (i) issued any securities 
or incurred any liability or obligation, direct or contingent, for borrowed 
money, (ii) entered into any transaction other than in the ordinary course of 
business, or (iii) declared or paid any dividend or made any other 
distribution on or in respect of its capital stock of any

                                       7

<PAGE>


class, and there has not been any change in the capital stock, or any 
material change in the debt (long or short term) or liabilities or material 
adverse change in or affecting the general affairs, management, financial 
operations, stockholders' equity or results of operations of the Company or 
any of the Subsidiaries.

               (o)  No default exists in the due performance and observance 
of any term, covenant or condition of any license, contract, indenture, 
mortgage, installment sale agreement, lease, deed of trust, voting trust 
agreement, stockholders agreement, partnership agreement, note, loan or 
credit agreement, purchase order, or any other agreement or instrument 
evidencing an obligation for borrowed money, or any other material agreement 
or instrument to which the Company or any of the Subsidiaries is a party or 
by which the Company or any of the Subsidiaries may be bound or to which the 
property or assets (tangible or intangible) of the Company is subject or 
affected.

               (p)  Each of the Company and the Subsidiaries has generally 
enjoyed a satisfactory employer-employee relationship with its employees and 
is in compliance with all federal, state, local, and foreign laws and 
regulations respecting employment and employment practices, terms and 
conditions of employment and wages and hours.  There are no pending 
investigations involving the Company or any of the Subsidiaries by the U.S. 
Department of Labor, or any other governmental agency responsible for the 
enforcement of such federal, state, local, or foreign laws and regulations.  
There is no unfair labor practice charge or complaint against the Company or 
any of the Subsidiaries pending before the National Labor Relations Board or 
any strike, picketing, boycott, dispute, slowdown or stoppage pending or 
threatened against or involving the Company or any of the Subsidiaries, or 
any predecessor entity, and none has ever occurred.  No representation 
question exists respecting the employees of the Company or any of the 
Subsidiaries, and no collective bargaining agreement or modification thereof 
is currently being negotiated by the Company and the Subsidiaries.  No 
grievance or arbitration proceeding is pending under any expired or existing 
collective bargaining agreements of the Company or any of the Subsidiaries.  
No labor dispute with the employees of the Company exists, or, is imminent.

               (q)  Except as described in the Prospectus, neither the 
Company nor any of the Subsidiaries maintains, sponsors or contributes to any 
program or arrangement that is an "employee pension benefit plan," an 
"employee welfare benefit plan," or a "multiemployer plan" as such terms are 
defined in Sections 3(2), 3(1) and 3(37), respectively, of the Employee 
Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended ("ERISA") ("ERISA Plans"). 
 To the Company's knowledge, neither the Company nor any of the Subsidiaries 
maintains or contributes, now or at any time previously, to a defined benefit 
plan, as defined in Section 3(35) of ERISA.  To the Company's knowledge, no 
ERISA Plan (or any trust created thereunder) has engaged in a "prohibited 
transaction" within the meaning of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of 
the Code, which could subject the Company or any of the Subsidiaries to any 
tax penalty on prohibited transactions and which has not adequately been 
corrected.  To the Company's knowledge, each ERISA Plan is in compliance with 
all reporting, disclosure and other requirements of the Code and ERISA as 
they relate to any such ERISA Plan.  The Company has never completely or 
partially withdrawn from a "multiemployer plan."

                                       8

<PAGE>


               (r)  Neither the Company, the Subsidiaries, nor any of their 
employees, directors, stockholders, partners, or affiliates (within the 
meaning of the Regulations) of any of the foregoing has taken or will take, 
directly or indirectly, any action designed to or which has constituted or 
which might be expected to cause or result in, under the Exchange Act, or 
otherwise, stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the 
Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Securities or otherwise.

               (s)  None of the patents, patent applications, trademarks, 
service marks, service names, trade names and copyrights, and none of the 
licenses and rights to the foregoing presently owned or held by the Company 
or any of the Subsidiaries are in dispute or are in any conflict with the 
right of any other person or entity. Each of the Company and the Subsidiaries 
(i) owns or has the right to use, free and clear of all liens, charges, 
claims, encumbrances, pledges, security interests, defects or other 
restrictions or equities of any kind whatsoever, all patents, patent 
applications, trademarks, service marks, service names, trade names and 
copyrights, technology and licenses and rights with respect to the foregoing, 
used in the conduct of its business as now conducted or proposed to be 
conducted without infringing upon or otherwise acting adversely to the right 
or claimed right of any person, corporation or other entity under or with 
respect to any of the foregoing and (ii) is not obligated or under any 
liability whatsoever to make any payment by way of royalties, fees or 
otherwise to any owner or licensee of, or other claimant to, any patent, 
patent application, trademark, service mark, service name, trade name, 
copyright, know-how, technology or other intangible asset, with respect to 
the use thereof or in connection with the conduct of its business or 
otherwise.

               (t)  There is no action, suit, proceeding, inquiry, 
arbitration, investigation, litigation or governmental or other proceeding, 
domestic or foreign, pending or threatened (or circumstances that may give 
rise to the same) against the Company which challenges the exclusive rights 
of the Company with respect to any trademarks, trade names, service marks, 
service names, copyrights, patents, patent applications or licenses or rights 
to the foregoing used in the conduct of its business, or which challenge the 
right of the Company to use any technology presently used or contemplated to 
be used in the conduct of its business.

               (u)  Each of the Company and the Subsidiaries owns and has the 
unrestricted right to use all trade secrets, know-how (including all other 
unpatented and/or unpatentable proprietary or confidential information, 
systems or procedures), inventions, technology, designs, processes, works of 
authorship, computer programs and technical data and information 
(collectively herein "intellectual property") that are material to the 
development, manufacture, operation and sale of all products and services 
sold or proposed to be sold by the Company or any of the Subsidiaries, free 
and clear of and without violating any right, lien, or claim of others, 
including without limitation, former employers of its employees; provided, 
however, that the possibility exists that other persons or entities, 
completely independently of the Company or any of the Subsidiaries, or their 
employees or agents, could have developed trade secrets or items of technical 
information similar or identical to those of the Company or any of the 
Subsidiaries.  Neither the Company nor any of the Subsidiaries is aware of 
any such development of similar or identical trade secrets or technical 
information by others.

                                       9

<PAGE>

               (v)  Each of the Company and the Subsidiaries has good and 
marketable title to, or valid and enforceable leasehold estates in, all items 
of real and personal property stated in the Prospectus, to be owned or leased 
by it free and clear of all liens, charges, claims, encumbrances, pledges, 
security interests, defects, or other restrictions or equities of any kind 
whatsoever, other than those referred to in the Prospectus, taxes, lessor's 
interests and liens for taxes not yet due and payable.

               (w)  The Company has caused to be duly executed legally 
binding and enforceable agreements pursuant to which the holders of the 
Common Stock and holders of securities exchangeable or exercisable for or 
convertible into shares of Common Stock agreed not to, directly or 
indirectly, offer to sell, sell, grant any option for the sale of, assign, 
transfer, pledge, hypothecate, distribute or otherwise encumber or dispose of 
any shares of Common Stock or securities convertible into, exercisable or 
exchangeable for or evidencing any right to purchase or subscribe for any 
shares of Common Stock (either pursuant to Rule 144 of the Rules and 
Regulations or otherwise) or dispose of any beneficial interest therein for a 
period of not less than nine (9) months following the effective date of the 
Registration Statement without the prior written consent of Fahnestock.  
During the nine (9) month period commencing on the effective date of the 
Registration Statement, neither the Company nor any Selling Shareholder 
shall, without the prior written consent of the Underwriters, sell, contract 
or offer to sell, issue, transfer, assign, pledge, distribute, or otherwise 
dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or any 
options, rights or warrants with respect to any shares of Common Stock other 
than the Securities pursuant hereto and other than up to 225,400 shares of 
Common Stock reserved for issuance upon the exercise of options under the 
Company's Stock Option Plans as described in the Prospectus which shares are 
also subject to such restriction.  The Company will cause the Transfer Agent, 
as defined below, to place "stop transfer" orders on the Company's stock 
ledgers.

               (x)  Except as described in the Prospectus under 
"Underwriting," there are no claims, payments, issuances, arrangements or 
understandings, whether oral or written, for services in the nature of a 
finder's or origination fee with respect to the sale of the Securities 
hereunder or any other arrangements, agreements, understandings, payments or 
issuance with respect to the Company, the Subsidiaries or any of their 
respective officers, directors, stockholders, partners, employees or 
affiliates that may affect the Underwriters' compensation, as determined by 
the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. ("NASD").

               (y)  The Shares and the Underwriters' Common Stock have been 
approved for listing on the American Stock Exchange ("AMEX").

               (z)  Neither the Company nor any of the Subsidiaries nor any 
of their respective officers, employees, agents, or any other person acting 
on behalf of the Company or the Subsidiaries, has, directly or indirectly, 
given or agreed to give any money, gift or similar benefit (other than legal 
price concessions to customers in the ordinary course of business) to any 
customer, supplier, employee or agent of a customer or supplier, or official 
or employee of any governmental agency (domestic or foreign) or 
instrumentality of any government (domestic or foreign) or any political 
party or candidate for office (domestic or foreign) or other

                                       10

<PAGE>

person who was, is, or may be in a position to help or hinder the business of 
the Company (or assist the Company or the Subsidiaries in connection with any 
actual or proposed transaction) which (a) might subject the Company or the 
Subsidiaries, or any other such person to any damage or penalty in any civil, 
criminal or governmental litigation or proceeding (domestic or foreign), (b) 
if not given in the past, might have had a materially adverse effect on the 
assets, business or operations of the Company or any Subsidiary, or (c) if 
not continued in the future, might adversely affect the assets, business, 
operations or prospects of the Company or any of the Subsidiaries.  The 
Company's and each Subsidiary's internal accounting controls are sufficient 
to cause the Company to comply with the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 
1977, as amended.

               (bb) Except as set forth in the Prospectus, no officer, 
director or stockholder of the Company, or any "affiliate" or "associate" (as 
these terms are defined in Rule 405 promulgated under the Regulations) of any 
of the foregoing persons or entities has or has had, either directly or 
indirectly, (i) an interest in any person or entity which (A) furnishes or 
sells services or products which are furnished or sold or are proposed to be 
furnished or sold by the Company or any Subsidiary, or (B) purchases from or 
sells or furnishes to the Company or any Subsidiary any goods or services, or 
(ii) a beneficial interest in any contract or agreement to which the Company 
or any Subsidiary is a party or by which it may be bound or affected.  Except 
as set forth in the Prospectus under "Certain Transactions," there are no 
existing agreements, arrangements, understandings or transactions, or 
proposed agreements, arrangements, understandings or transactions, between or 
among the Company and any officer, director, or Principal Shareholder (as 
such term is defined in the Prospectus) of the Company or any Subsidiary, or 
any partner, affiliate or associate of any of the foregoing persons or 
entities.

               (cc) Any certificate signed by any officer of the Company or 
any Subsidiary, and delivered to the Underwriters or to Underwriters' Counsel 
(as defined herein) shall be deemed a representation and warranty by the 
Company to the Underwriters as to the matters covered thereby.

               (dd) The minute books of each of the Company and the 
Subsidiaries have been made available to the Underwriters and contains a 
complete summary of all meetings and actions of the directors, stockholders, 
audit committee, compensation committee and any other committee of the Board 
of Directors of each of the Company and the Subsidiaries, since the time of 
its incorporation, and reflects all transactions referred to in such minutes 
accurately in all material respects.

               (ee) Except and to the extent described in the Prospectus, no 
holders of any securities of the Company or of any options, warrants or other 
convertible or exchangeable securities of the Company have the right to 
include any securities issued by the Company in the Registration Statement or 
any registration statement to be filed by the Company or to require the 
Company to file a registration statement under the Act and no person or 
entity holds any anti-dilution rights with respect to any securities of the 
Company.

                                       11

<PAGE>

               (ff) The Company has as of the effective date of the 
Registration Statement entered into, and there remains in effect, valid and 
binding, employment agreements with each of Kenneth M. Darby, Arthur D. 
Roche, John L. Eckman, Peter A. Horn and Yacov A. Pshtissky in the forms 
filed as Exhibits 10.5, 10.6, 10.7, 10.8 and 10.9, respectively, to the 
Registration Statement.

          2.   Representations and Warranties of the Selling Shareholders.  
Each Selling Shareholder (except as otherwise indicated) represents and 
warrants, for such Selling Shareholder only and not for any other Selling 
Shareholder, to, and agrees with, each of the Underwriters as of the date 
hereof, and as of the Closing Date and the Option Closing Date, if any, as 
follows:

               (a)  Such Selling Shareholder has full right, power and 
authority to enter into this Agreement the Power of Attorney (the "Power of 
Attorney") and the Custody Agreement (the "Custody Agreement") hereinafter 
referred to and at the date hereof such Selling Shareholder has, and at the 
time of delivery of the Selling Shareholder Shares to the Underwriters 
hereunder such Selling Shareholder will have, full right, power and authority 
to sell and deliver the Selling Shareholder Shares to be sold by such Selling 
Shareholder to the Underwriters, and at the date hereof such Selling 
Shareholder is, and at the time of delivery of Selling Shareholders Shares to 
the Underwriters such Selling Shareholder will be, the lawful owner of and 
has, and will have, marketable title to such shares free and clear of any 
claims, liens, encumbrances or security interests.

               (b)  The performance of this Agreement, the Power of Attorney 
and the Custody Agreement, and the consummation of the transactions herein 
and therein contemplated, will not conflict with or result in a breach of, or 
default under, any agreement, indenture or other instrument to which such 
Selling Shareholder is a party or by which such Selling Shareholder is bound, 
or any law, rule, administrative regulation or court decree.  This Agreement, 
the Power of Attorney and the Custody Agreement have been validly authorized, 
executed and delivered by such Selling Shareholder and each constitutes the 
valid and binding agreement of such Selling Shareholder.

               (c)  When the Registration Statement becomes effective, and at 
all times subsequent thereto, the Registration Statement and Prospectus and 
any amendments thereof and supplements thereto will not contain any untrue 
statement of a material fact regarding such Selling Shareholder or omit to 
state a material fact regarding such Selling Shareholder required to be 
stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein regarding 
such Selling Shareholder not misleading.

               (d)  Such Selling Shareholder has not taken and will not take, 
directly or indirectly, any action designed to cause or result in, or which 
has constituted or which might reasonably be expected to constitute, the 
stabilization or manipulation of the price of the shares of Common Stock to 
facilitate the sale or resale of the Common Stock.

                                       12

<PAGE>

               (e)  Certificates in negotiable form representing all of the 
Selling Shareholder Shares to be sold by such Selling Shareholder have been 
placed in custody under a Custody Agreement, in the form heretofore furnished 
to you, duly executed and delivered by such Selling Shareholder to the 
Company, as custodian (the "Custodian"), and such Selling Shareholder has 
duly executed and delivered a Power of Attorney, in the form heretofore 
furnished to you, appointing, each of Kenneth M. Darby and Arthur D. Roche as 
such Selling Shareholder's attorney-in-fact (together, the 
"Attorneys-in-Fact") with authority to execute and deliver this Agreement on 
behalf of such Selling Shareholders, to authorize the delivery of the Selling 
Shareholder Shares to be sold by such Selling Shareholders hereunder and 
otherwise to act on behalf of such Selling Shareholder in connection with the 
transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Custody Agreement.

               (f)  The Selling Shareholder Shares held in custody for such 
Selling Shareholder under the Custody Agreement are subject to the interests 
of the Underwriters hereunder, and the arrangements made by such Selling 
Shareholder for such custody, as well as the appointment by such Selling 
Shareholder of the Attorney-in-Fact, are, to that extent, irrevocable.  Each 
Selling Shareholder specifically agrees that the obligations of the Selling 
Shareholders hereunder shall not be terminated by operation of law, whether 
by the death or incapacity of any individual Selling Shareholder or by the 
occurrence of any other event.  If any individual Selling Shareholder should 
die or become incapacitated, or if any other such event should occur, before 
the delivery of the Stock hereunder, certificates representing the Selling 
Shareholder Shares shall be delivered by or on behalf of such Selling 
Shareholder in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement and 
of the Custody Agreement, and the actions taken by the Attorney-in-Fact 
pursuant to the Power of Attorney shall be as valid as if such death, 
incapacity or other event had not occurred, whether or not the Custodian or 
the Attorney-in-Fact shall have received notice of such death, incapacity or 
other event.

          3.   Purchase, Sale and Delivery of the Securities and 
Underwriters' Warrants.

               (a)  On the basis of the representations, warranties, 
covenants and agreements herein contained, and subject to the terms and 
conditions herein set forth (i) the Company agrees to sell to each 
Underwriter, and each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, agrees to 
purchase from the Company at a price of $____ per share, that number of 
Company Shares set forth in Schedule A opposite the name of such Underwriter, 
and (ii) each Selling Shareholder agrees, severally and not jointly, to sell 
to the Underwriters, and the Underwriters, severally and not jointly, agree 
to purchase from each Selling Shareholder at a price of $____ per share, that 
number of Selling Shareholder Shares set forth in Schedule B opposite the 
name of such Selling Shareholder.

               (b)  In addition, on the basis of the representations, 
warranties, covenants and agreements herein contained, but subject to the 
terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company hereby grants an option to 
the Underwriters, severally and not jointly, to purchase all or any part of 
the Option Shares.  The option granted hereby will expire 30 days

                                       13

<PAGE>

after (i) the date the Registration Statement becomes effective, if the 
Company has elected not to rely on Rule 430A under the Rules and Regulations, 
or (ii) the date of this Agreement if the Company has elected to rely upon 
Rule 430A under the Rules and Regulations, and may be exercised in whole or 
in part from time to time only for the purpose of covering over-allotments 
which may be made in connection with the offering and distribution of the 
Firm Shares upon notice by the Underwriters to the Company setting forth the 
number of Option Shares as to which the several Underwriters are then 
exercising the option and the time and date of payment and delivery for any 
such Option Shares.  Any such time and date of delivery (an "Option Closing 
Date") shall be determined by the Underwriters, but shall not be later than 
seven full business days after the exercise of said option, nor in any event 
prior to the Closing Date, as hereinafter defined, unless otherwise agreed 
upon by the Underwriters and the Company.  Nothing herein contained shall 
obligate the Underwriters to make any over-allotments.  No Option Shares 
shall be delivered unless the Firm Shares shall be simultaneously delivered 
or shall theretofore have been delivered as herein provided.

               (c)  Payment of the purchase price for, and delivery of 
certificates for, the Firm Shares shall be made at the offices of Fahnestock 
& Co. Inc., 125 Broad Street, New York, New York 10004, or at such other 
place as shall be agreed upon by the Underwriters and the Company.  Such 
delivery and payment shall be made at 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on 
March __, 1998 or at such other time and date as shall be agreed upon by the 
Underwriters and the Company, but not less than three (3) nor more than seven 
(7) full business days after the effective date of the Registration Statement 
(such time and date of payment and delivery being herein called the "Closing 
Date").  In addition, in the event that any or all of the Option Shares are 
purchased by the Underwriters, payment of the purchase price for, and 
delivery of certificates for, such Option Shares shall be made at the 
above-mentioned office of the Underwriters or at such other place as shall be 
agreed upon by the Underwriters and the Company on each Option Closing Date 
as specified in the notice from the Underwriters to the Company.  

               (d)  Delivery of the certificates for the Firm Shares and the 
Option Shares, if any, shall be made to the Underwriters against payment by 
the Underwriters, severally and not jointly, of the purchase price for the 
Firm Shares and the Option Shares, if any, to the order of the Company for 
the Firm Shares and the Option Shares, if any, by New York Clearing House 
funds.  In the event such option is exercised, each of the Underwriters, 
acting severally and not jointly, shall purchase that proportion of the total 
number of Option Shares then being purchased which the number of Firm Shares 
set forth in Schedule A hereto opposite the name of such Underwriter bears to 
the total number of Firm Shares, subject in each case to such adjustments as 
the Underwriters in their discretion shall make to eliminate any sales or 
purchases of fractional shares.  Delivery of certificates for the Selling 
Shareholder Shares shall be made on behalf of the Selling Shareholders by the 
Custodian to the Underwriters against payment by the Underwriters, severally 
and not jointly, of the purchase price therefor in New York Clearing House 
Funds. Certificates for the Firm Shares and the Option Shares, if any, and 
the shares sold by the Selling Shareholders shall be in definitive, fully 
registered form, shall bear no restrictive legends and shall be in such 
denominations and registered in such names as the Underwriters may request in 
writing at least two (2) business days prior to the Closing Date or

                                       14

<PAGE>

the relevant Option Closing Date, as the case may be.  The certificates for 
the Firm Shares and the Option Shares, if any, shall be made available to the 
Underwriters at such office or such other place as the Underwriters may 
designate for inspection, checking and packaging no later than 9:30 a.m. on 
the last business day prior to Closing Date or the relevant Option Closing 
Date, as the case may be.

               (e)  On the Closing Date, the Company shall issue and sell to 
the Underwriters, one or more Underwriters' Warrants at a purchase price of 
$[.0001] per warrant, which warrants shall entitle the holders thereof to 
purchase an aggregate of 157,500 shares of Common Stock.  The Underwriters' 
Warrants shall be exercisable for a period of four years commencing one year 
from the effective date of the Registration Statement at a price equaling one 
hundred twenty percent (120%) of the initial public offering price of the 
Firm Shares.  The Underwriters' Warrant Agreement and form of Warrant 
Certificate shall be substantially in the form filed as Exhibit 4.2 to the 
Registration Statement.  Payment for the Underwriters' Warrants shall be made 
by the Underwriters on the Closing Date.

          4.   Public Offering of the Shares.  As soon after the Registration 
Statement becomes effective as the Underwriters deem advisable, the 
Underwriters shall, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, make a public 
offering of the Firm Shares and such of the Option Shares as they may 
determine (other than to residents of or in any jurisdiction in which 
qualification of the Shares is required and has not become effective) at the 
price and upon the other terms set forth in the Prospectus.  The Underwriters 
may from time to time increase or decrease the public offering price after 
distribution of the Shares has been completed to such extent as the 
Underwriters, in their discretion deem advisable.  The Underwriters may enter 
into one of more agreements as the Underwriters, in each of their sole 
discretion, deem advisable with one or more broker-dealers who shall act as 
dealers in connection with such public offering.

          5.   Covenants and Agreements of the Company.

               (a)  The Company covenants and agrees with each of the 
Underwriters as follows:

                         i)   The Company shall use its best efforts to cause
               the Registration Statement and any amendments thereto to become
               effective as promptly as practicable and will not at any time,
               whether before or after the effective date of the Registration
               Statement, file any amendment to the Registration Statement or
               supplement to the Prospectus or file any document under the Act
               or Exchange Act before termination of the offering of the Shares
               by the Underwriters of which the Underwriters shall not
               previously have been advised and furnished with a copy, or to
               which the Underwriters shall have objected or which is not in
               compliance with the Act, the Exchange Act or the Regulations.

                         ii)  As soon as the Company is advised or obtains
               knowledge thereof, the Company will advise the Underwriters and
               the

                                       15

<PAGE>

               Selling Shareholders and confirm the notice in writing, (i)
               when the Registration Statement, as amended, becomes effective,
               if the provisions of Rule 430A promulgated under the Act will be
               relied upon, when the Prospectus has been filed in accordance
               with said Rule 430A and when any post-effective amendment to the
               Registration Statement becomes effective, (ii) of the issuance by
               the Commission of any stop order or of the initiation, or the
               threatening, of any proceeding, suspending the effectiveness of
               the Registration Statement or any order preventing or suspending
               the use of the Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any
               amendment or supplement thereto, or the institution of
               proceedings for that purpose, (iii) of the issuance by the
               Commission or by any state securities commission of any
               proceedings for the suspension of the qualification of any of the
               Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction or of the
               initiation, or the threatening, of any proceeding for that
               purpose, (iv) of the receipt of any comments from the Commission;
               and (v) of any request by the Commission for any amendment to the
               Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement to the
               Prospectus or for additional information.  If the Commission or
               any state securities commission authority shall enter a stop
               order or suspend such qualification at any time, the Company will
               make every effort to obtain promptly the lifting of such order.

                         iii) The Company shall file the Prospectus (in form and
               substance satisfactory to the Underwriters) or transmit the
               Prospectus by a means reasonably calculated to result in filing
               with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) (or, if applicable
               and if consented to by the Underwriters, pursuant to Rule
               424(b)(4)) not later than the Commission's close of business on
               the earlier of (i) the second business day following the
               execution and delivery of this Agreement and (ii) the fifteenth
               business day after the effective date of the Registration
               Statement.

                         iv)  The Company will give the Underwriters and the
               Selling Shareholders notice of its intention to file or prepare
               any amendment to the Registration Statement (including any
               post-effective amendment) or any amendment or supplement to the
               Prospectus (including any revised prospectus which the Company
               proposes for use by the Underwriters in connection with the
               offering of the Securities which differs from the corresponding
               prospectus on file at the Commission at the time the Registration
               Statement becomes effective, whether or not such revised
               prospectus is required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) of the
               Regulations), and will furnish the Underwriters with copies of
               any such amendment or supplement a reasonable amount of time
               prior to such proposed filing or use, as the case may be, and
               will not file any such prospectus to which the Underwriters or
               Whitman Breed Abbott & Morgan LLP ("Underwriters' Counsel"),
               shall object.

                                       16

<PAGE>

                         v)   The Company shall endeavor in good faith, in 
               cooperation with the Underwriters, at or prior to the time the 
               Registration Statement becomes effective, to qualify the 
               Securities for offering and sale under the securities laws of 
               such jurisdictions as the Underwriters may designate to permit 
               the continuance of sales and dealings therein for as long as 
               may be necessary to complete the distribution, and shall make 
               such applications, file such documents and furnish such 
               information as may be required for such purpose; provided, 
               however, the Company shall not be required to qualify as a 
               foreign corporation or file a general or limited consent to 
               service of process in any such jurisdiction.  In each 
               jurisdiction where such qualification shall be effected, the 
               Company will, unless the Underwriters agree that such action 
               is not at the time necessary or advisable, use all reasonable 
               efforts to file and make such statements or reports at such 
               times as are or may reasonably be required by the laws of such 
               jurisdiction to continue such qualification.

                         vi)  During the time when a prospectus is required 
               to be delivered under the Act, the Company shall use all 
               reasonable efforts to comply with all requirements imposed 
               upon it by the Act and the Exchange Act, as now and hereafter 
               amended and by the Regulations, as from time to time in force, 
               so far as necessary to permit the continuance of sales of or 
               dealings in the Securities in accordance with the provisions 
               hereof and the Prospectus, or any amendments or supplements 
               thereto.  If at any time when a prospectus relating to the 
               Securities is required to be delivered under the Act, any 
               event shall have occurred as a result of which, in the opinion 
               of counsel for the Company or Underwriters' Counsel, the 
               Prospectus, as then amended or supplemented, includes an 
               untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any 
               material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to 
               make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances 
               under which they were made, not misleading, or if it is 
               necessary at any time to amend the Prospectus to comply with 
               the Act, the Company will notify the Underwriters promptly and 
               prepare and file with the Commission an appropriate amendment 
               or supplement in accordance with Section 10 of the Act, each 
               such amendment or supplement to be satisfactory to 
               Underwriters' Counsel, and the Company will furnish to the 
               Underwriters copies of such amendment or supplement as soon as 
               available and in such quantities as the Underwriters may 
               request.
               
                         vii) As soon as practicable, but in any event not 
               later than 45 days after the end of the 12-month period 
               beginning on the day after the end of the fiscal quarter of 
               the Company during which the effective date of the 
               Registration Statement occurs (90 days in the event that the 
               end of such fiscal quarter is the end of the Company's fiscal 
               year), the Company shall make generally available to its 
               security holders,

                                       17

<PAGE>

               in the manner specified in Rule 158(b) of the Regulations, and 
               to the Underwriters, an earnings statement which will be in 
               the detail required by, and will otherwise comply with, the 
               provisions of Section 11(a) of the Act and Rule 158(a) of the 
               Regulations, which statement need not be audited unless 
               required by the Act, covering a period of at least 12 
               consecutive months after the effective date of he Registration 
               Statement.

                         viii)     During a period of five years after the 
               date hereof, the Company will furnish to its stockholders 
               annual reports (including financial statements audited by 
               independent public accountants) and will deliver to the 
               Underwriters:

                              (a)  concurrently with furnishing such quarterly 
                    reports to its stockholders, statements of income of the 
                    Company for each quarter in the form furnished to the 
                    Company's stockholders and certified by the Company's 
                    principal financial or accounting officer;

                              (b)  concurrently with furnishing such annual 
                    reports to its stockholders, a balance sheet of the Company
                    as at the end of the preceding fiscal year, together with 
                    statements of operations, stockholders' equity, and cash
                    flows of the Company for such fiscal year, accompanied by a
                    copy of the report thereon of independent certified public
                    accountants;

                              (c)  as soon as they are available, copies of all 
                    reports (financial or other) mailed to stockholders;

                              (d)  as soon as they are available, copies of all
                    reports and financial statements furnished to or filed with
                    the Commission, the NASD or any securities exchange;

                              (e)  every press release and every material news
                    item or article of interest to the financial community in 
                    respect of the Company, or its affairs which was released or
                    prepared by or on behalf of the Company; and

                              (f)  any additional information of a public nature
                    concerning the Company (and any future subsidiary) or its
                    businesses which the Underwriters may request.

                         During such five (5) year period, if the Company has an
               active subsidiary, the foregoing financial statements will be on
               a consolidated basis to the extent that the accounts of the
               Company and its

                                       18

<PAGE>


               subsidiary are consolidated, and will be accompanied by similar
               financial statements for any significant subsidiary which is not
               so consolidated.

                         ix)  The Company will maintain a Transfer Agent and, if
               necessary under the jurisdiction of incorporation of the Company,
               a Registrar (which may be the same entity as the Transfer Agent)
               for its Common Stock.

                         x)   The Company will furnish to the Underwriters or on
               the Underwriters' order, without charge, at such place as the
               Underwriters may designate, copies of each Preliminary
               Prospectus, the Registration Statement and any pre-effective or
               post-effective amendments thereto (two of which copies will be
               signed and will include all financial statements and exhibits),
               the Prospectus, and all amendments and supplements thereto,
               including any prospectus prepared after the effective date of the
               Registration Statement, in each case as soon as available and in
               such quantities as the Underwriters may request.

                         xi)  On or before the effective date of the 
               Registration Statement, the Company shall provide the 
               Underwriters with true copies of duly executed, legally 
               binding and enforceable agreements pursuant to which for a 
               period of not less than nine (9) months from the effective 
               date of the Registration Statement, holders of all shares of 
               Common Stock and holders of securities exchangeable or 
               exercisable for or convertible into shares of Common Stock, 
               will not directly or indirectly, issue, offer to sell, sell, 
               grant an option for the sale of, assign, transfer, pledge, 
               hypothecate, distribute or otherwise encumber or dispose of 
               any shares of Common Stock or securities convertible into, 
               exercisable or exchangeable for or evidencing any right to 
               purchase or subscribe for any shares of Common Stock (either 
               pursuant to Rule 144 of the Rules and Regulations or 
               otherwise) or dispose of any beneficial interest therein 
               without the prior written consent of Fahnestock (collectively, 
               the "Lock-up Agreements").  On or before the Closing Date, the 
               Company shall deliver instructions to the Transfer Agent 
               authorizing it to place appropriate stop transfer orders on 
               the Company's ledgers. During the nine (9) month period 
               commencing with the effective date of the Registration 
               Statement, the Company shall not, without the prior written 
               consent of Fahnestock, sell, contract or offer to sell, issue, 
               transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate, distribute, or 
               otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of 
               Common Stock or any options, rights or warrants with respect 
               to any shares of Common Stock.  During the nine (9) month 
               period commencing with the effective date of the Registration 
               Statement, the Company shall not file any registration 
               statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission on Form 
               S-8 without the prior written consent of the Underwriters.

                                       19

<PAGE>

                         xii) Neither the Company nor any of the 
               Subsidiaries, nor any of their officers, directors, 
               stockholders, nor any of their respective affiliates (within 
               the meaning of the Rules and Regulations) will take, directly 
               or indirectly, any action designed to, or which might in the 
               future reasonably be expected to cause or result in, 
               stabilization or manipulation of the price of any securities 
               of the Company.
               
                         xiii)     The Company shall apply the net proceeds 
               from the sale of the Securities in the manner, and subject to 
               the conditions, set forth under "Use of Proceeds" in the 
               Prospectus.  Except as described in the Prospectus, no portion 
               of the net proceeds will be used, directly or indirectly, to 
               acquire any securities issued by the Company.
               
                         xiv) The Company shall timely file all such reports, 
               forms or other documents as may be required from time to time, 
               under the Act, the Exchange Act, and the Regulations, and all 
               such reports, forms and documents filed will comply as to form 
               and substance with the applicable requirements under the Act, 
               the Exchange Act, and the Rules and Regulations.
               
                         xv)  The Company shall furnish to the Underwriters 
               as early as practicable prior to each of the date hereof, the 
               Closing Date and each Option Closing Date, if any, but no 
               later than two (2) full business days prior thereto, a copy of 
               the latest available unaudited interim financial statements of 
               the Company (which in no event shall be as of a date more than 
               thirty (30) days prior to the date of the Registration 
               Statement) which have been read by the Company's independent 
               public accountants, as stated in their letter to be furnished 
               pursuant to Section 6(j) hereof.
               
                         xvi) The Company shall cause the Common Stock to be 
               quoted on the AMEX or a National Securities exchange and for a 
               period of seven (7) years from the date hereof, and use its 
               best efforts to maintain the AMEX quotation or exchange 
               listing of the Common Stock to the extent outstanding.
               
                         xvii)     For a period of five (5) years from the 
               Closing Date, the Company shall furnish to the Underwriters at 
               the Underwriters' request and at the Company's sole expense, 
               (i) daily consolidated transfer sheets relating to the Common 
               Stock, (ii) the list of holders of all of the Company's 
               securities and (iii) a Blue Sky "Trading Survey" for secondary 
               sales of the Company's securities prepared by counsel to the 
               Company.
               
                         xviii)    As soon as practicable, (i) but in no 
               event more than 5 business days before the effective date of 
               the Registration Statement, file

                                       20

<PAGE>

               a Form 8-A with the Commission providing for the registration
               under the Exchange Act of the Securities and (ii) but in no event
               more than 30 days from the effective date of the Registration
               Statement, take all necessary and appropriate actions to be
               included in Standard and Poor's Corporation Descriptions and
               Moody's OTC Manual and to continue such inclusion for a period
               of not less than seven (7) years.

                         xix) The Company hereby agrees that it will not 
               without the written consent of a majority of the Company's 
               stockholders who are not affiliates of the Company at such 
               time or the vote of a majority of such non-affiliate 
               stockholders, voting at a duly held stockholder's meeting for 
               a period of thirteen (13) months from the effective date of 
               the Registration Statement, adopt, propose to adopt or 
               otherwise permit to exist any employee, officer, director, 
               consultant or compensation plan or arrangement permitting the 
               grant, issue or sale of any shares of Common Stock or other 
               securities of the Company (i) in an amount greater than an 
               aggregate of _________ shares of Common Stock, (ii) at an 
               exercise or sale price per share less than the fair market 
               value of the Common Stock on the date of grant or sale, (iii) 
               with the payment for such securities with any form of 
               consideration other than cash, (iv) upon payment of less than 
               the full purchase or exercise price for such shares of Common 
               Stock or other securities of the Company.
               
                         xx)  Until the completion of the distribution of the 
               Shares, and for 25 days thereafter, the Company shall not 
               without the prior written consent of the Underwriters and 
               Underwriters' Counsel, issue, directly or indirectly, any 
               press release or other communication or hold any press 
               conference with respect to the Company or its activities or 
               the offering contemplated hereby.
               
                         xxi) For a period equal to the lesser of (i) seven 
               (7) years from the date hereof, and (ii) the sale to the 
               public of the Underwriters' Shares, the Company will use 
               reasonable efforts not to take any action or actions which may 
               prevent or disqualify the Company's use of Form S-2 (or other 
               appropriate form) for the registration under the Act of the 
               Underwriters' Shares.
               
                         xxii)     The Company shall enter into an investment 
               banking agreement with Fahnestock which, amongst other things, 
               will grant to Fahnestock a right of first refusal for a period 
               of fifteen (15) months after the effective date of the 
               Registration Statement (the "Effective Date") for any 
               investment banking services, including amongst other things, 
               any sales of securities to be made by the Company or any of 
               its present or future Subsidiaries.

                                       21

<PAGE>

                         xxiii)    For a period of three (3) years after the 
               Effective Date, the Company shall appoint two additional 
               independent persons to the Company's Board of Directors, each 
               of whom shall be satisfactory to the Company and Fahnestock.  
               Such persons shall be entitled to all of the rights and 
               privileges as each of the other members of the Company's Board 
               of Directors.  For a period of three years after the Effective 
               Date, Fahnestock shall have the right to designate one person 
               to attend all meetings of the Company's Board of Directors.  
               Such person shall be entitled to attend all such meetings and 
               to receive all such notices and other correspondence and 
               communications sent by the Company to members of its Board of 
               Directors.  The Company shall reimburse such designee for his 
               or her reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in 
               connection with his or her attendance of such meetings.
               
                         xxiv)     Each of the Selling Shareholders covenants 
               and agrees that such Selling Shareholder will not, during the 
               60 days following the effective date of the Registration 
               Statement, except with the prior written consent of 
               Fahnestock, offer for sale, sell, distribute or otherwise 
               dispose of any shares of Common Stock, otherwise than in 
               accordance with this Agreement or as contemplated in the 
               Prospectus.

          6.   Payment of Expenses.

               (a)  The Company hereby agrees to pay on each of the Closing 
Date and the Option Closing Date (to the extent not paid at the Closing Date) 
all expenses and fees (other than fees of Underwriters' Counsel, except as 
provided in (iv) below) incident to the performance of the obligations of the 
Company under this Agreement and the Underwriters' Warrant Agreement, 
including, without limitation, (i) the fees and expenses of accountants and 
counsel for the Company, (ii) all costs and expenses incurred in connection 
with the preparation, duplication, printing, (including mailing and handling 
charges) filing, delivery and mailing (including the payment of postage with 
respect thereto) of the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and any 
amendments and supplements thereto and the printing, mailing (including the 
payment of postage with respect thereto) and delivery of this Agreement, the 
Agreement Among Underwriters, the Selected Dealer Agreements, and related 
documents, including the cost of all copies thereof and of the Preliminary 
Prospectuses and of the Prospectus and any amendments thereof or supplements 
thereto supplied to the Underwriters and such dealers as the Underwriters may 
request, in quantities as hereinabove stated, (iii) the printing, engraving, 
issuance and delivery of the Securities including, but not limited to, (x) 
the purchase by the Underwriters of the Shares and the purchase by the 
Underwriters of the Underwriters' Warrants from the Company, (y) the 
consummation by the Company and the Selling Shareholders of any of their 
obligations under this Agreement and the Underwriters' Warrant Agreement, and 
(z) resale of the Shares by the Underwriters in connection with the 
distribution contemplated hereby, (iv) the qualification of the Securities 
under state or foreign securities or "Blue Sky" laws and determination of the 
status of such securities under legal investment laws, including the costs of 
printing and mailing the "Preliminary Blue Sky Memorandum," the "Supplemental 
Blue Sky

                                       22

<PAGE>

Memorandum" and "Legal Investments Survey," if any, and disbursements and 
fees of counsel in connection therewith, (v) costs and expenses in connection 
with due diligence investigations, including but not limited to the fees of 
any independent counsel or consultant retained, (vi) fees and expenses of the 
transfer agent and registrar, (vii) applications for assignments of a rating 
of the Securities by qualified rating agencies, (viii) the fees payable to 
the Commission and the NASD, and (ix) the fees and expenses incurred in 
connection with the quotation of the Securities on the AMEX and any other 
exchange.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, whether or 
not the offering contemplated hereby is successfully completed, it shall be 
the Company's obligation to bear all of its expenses in connection with the 
proposed offering, including, but not limited to, the following: filing fees, 
printing and duplicating costs, all postage and mailing expenses with respect 
to the transmission of prospectuses, registrar and transfer agent fees, costs 
and expenses related to "Tombstone" advertisements, the Company's "road show" 
and information meetings and presentation costs, its own counsel and 
accounting fees, costs of due diligence investigations, bound volumes, 
prospectus memorabilia, issue and transfer taxes, if any, and "Blue Sky" 
filing fees, counsel fees and expenses.

               (b)  If this Agreement is terminated by the Underwriters in 
accordance with the provisions of Section 6 or Section 12, the Company shall 
reimburse and indemnify the Underwriters for all of their actual 
out-of-pocket expenses, including the fees and disbursements of Underwriters' 
Counsel, but not in excess of $100,000, less any amounts already paid 
pursuant to Section 5(c) hereof.

               (c)  The Company further agrees that, in addition to the 
expenses payable pursuant to subsection (a) of this Section 5, it will pay to 
the Underwriters on the Closing Date by certified or bank cashier's check or, 
at the election of the Underwriters, by deduction from the proceeds of the 
offering contemplated herein a non-accountable expense allowance equal to one 
hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), twenty thousand dollars ($20,000) of 
which has been paid to date.

          7.   Conditions of the Underwriters' Obligations.  The obligations 
of the Underwriters hereunder shall be subject to the continuing accuracy of 
each of the representations and warranties of the Company and the Selling 
Shareholders contained herein as of the date hereof and as of the Closing 
Date and each Option Closing Date, if any, as if it had been made on and as 
of the Closing Date or each Option Closing Date, as the case may be; the 
accuracy on and as of the Closing Date or Option Closing Date, if any, of the 
statements of the officers of the Company made pursuant to the provisions 
hereof; and the performance by the Company and each of the Selling 
Shareholders on and as of the Closing Date and each Option Closing Date, if 
any, of their respective covenants and obligations hereunder and to the 
following further conditions:

               (a)  The Registration Statement shall have become effective 
not later than 12:00 Noon, New York time, on the date of this Agreement or 
such later date and time as shall be consented to in writing by the 
Underwriters, and, at the Closing Date and each Option Closing Date, if any, 
no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement 
shall have been issued and no proceedings for that purpose shall have been 
instituted or shall be

                                       23

<PAGE>

pending or contemplated by the Commission and any request on the part of the 
Commission for additional information shall have been complied with to the 
reasonable satisfaction of Underwriters' Counsel.  If the Company has elected 
to rely upon Rule 430A of the Regulations, the price of the Shares and any 
price-related information previously omitted from the effective Registration 
Statement pursuant to such Rule 430A shall have been transmitted to the 
Commission for filing pursuant to Rule 424(b) of the Rules and Regulations 
within the prescribed time period, and prior to the Closing Date the Company 
shall have provided evidence satisfactory to the Underwriters of such timely 
filing, or a post-effective amendment providing such information shall have 
been promptly filed and declared effective in accordance with the 
requirements of Rule 430A of the Rules and Regulations.

               (b)  The Underwriters shall not have advised the Company that 
the Registration Statement, or any amendment thereto, contains an untrue 
statement of fact which, in the Underwriters' opinion, is material, or omits 
to state a fact which, in the Underwriters' opinion, is material and is 
required to be stated therein or is necessary to make the statements therein 
not misleading, or that the Prospectus, or any supplement thereto, contains 
an untrue statement of fact which, in the Underwriters' opinion, is material, 
or omits to state a fact which, in the Underwriters' opinion, is material and 
is required to be stated therein or is necessary to make the statements 
therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not 
misleading.

               (c)  On or prior to the Closing Date, the Underwriters shall 
have received from Underwriters' Counsel, such opinion or opinions with 
respect to the organization of the Company, the validity of the Securities, 
the Underwriters' Warrants, the Registration Statement, the Prospectus and 
other related matters as the Underwriters requests and Underwriters' Counsel 
shall have received such papers and information as they request to enable 
them to pass upon such matters.

               (d)  At Closing Date, the Underwriters shall have received the 
favorable opinion of Schoeman, Marsh & Updike, LLP, counsel to the Company, 
dated the Closing Date, addressed to the Underwriters and in form and 
substance satisfactory to Underwriters' Counsel, to the effect that:

               i)   each of the Company and the Subsidiaries (A) has been 
          duly organized, except as to the Subsidiaries which shall be to the 
          knowledge of Counsel, and based upon certificates of good standing 
          or authorization or the like received from applicable 
          jurisdictions, is validly existing as a corporation in good 
          standing under the laws of its jurisdiction, (B) is duly qualified 
          and licensed and in good standing as a foreign corporation in each 
          jurisdiction in which its ownership or leasing of any properties or 
          the character of its operations requires such qualification or 
          licensing, except where the failure to be so qualified and in good 
          standing has no material adverse effect on the Company, and (C) has 
          all requisite corporate power and authority; and the Company has 
          obtained any and all necessary authorizations, approvals, orders, 
          licenses, certificates, franchises and permits of and from all 
          governmental or regulatory officials and bodies

                                       24

<PAGE>

          (including, without limitation, those having jurisdiction over
          environmental or similar matters), to own or lease its properties and
          conduct its business as described in the Prospectus. The disclosures
          in the Registration Statement concerning the effects of federal, state
          and local laws, rules and regulations on the Company's business as 
          currently conducted and as contemplated are correct in all material 
          respects;

               ii)  the Company owns, directly or indirectly, one hundred 
          percent (100%) of the outstanding capital stock of each of the 
          Subsidiaries, and all such shares have been validly issued, are 
          fully paid and non-assessable and were not in violation of any 
          statutory preemptive rights;
          
               iii) the Company has a duly authorized, issued and outstanding 
          capitalization as set forth in the Prospectus, and any amendment or 
          supplement thereto, under "Capitalization" and "Description of 
          Securities, and, to the best of counsel's knowledge, is not a party 
          to or bound by any instrument, agreement or other arrangement 
          providing for it to issue any capital stock, rights, warrants, 
          options or other securities, except for this Agreement, the 
          Underwriters' Warrant Agreement and as described in the Prospectus. 
           The Securities, and all other securities issued or issuable by the 
          Company conform in all material respects to all statements with 
          respect thereto contained in the Registration Statement and the 
          Prospectus.  All issued and outstanding securities of the Company 
          have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and 
          non-assessable; the holders thereof have, to our knowledge, no 
          rights of rescission with respect thereto, and are not subject to 
          personal liability by reason of being such holders; and none of 
          such securities were issued in violation of the preemptive rights 
          of any holders of any security of the Company.  The Shares, the 
          Underwriters' Warrants and the Underwriters' Shares to be sold by 
          the Company hereunder and under the Underwriters' Warrant Agreement 
          are not and will not be subject to any preemptive or other similar 
          rights of any stockholder, have been duly authorized and, when 
          issued, paid for and delivered in accordance with the terms hereof, 
          will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and conform to 
          the description thereof contained in the Prospectus; the holders 
          thereof will not be subject to any liability solely as such 
          holders; all corporate action required to be taken for the 
          authorization, issue and sale of the Shares, the Underwriters' 
          Warrants and the Underwriters' Shares has been duly and validly 
          taken, and the certificates representing the Shares and the 
          Underwriters' Warrants are in due and proper form.  The 
          Underwriters' Warrants constitute valid and binding obligations of 
          the Company to issue and sell, upon exercise thereof and payment 
          therefor, the number and type of securities of the Company called 
          for thereby.  Upon the issuance and delivery pursuant to this 
          Agreement and the Underwriters' Warrant Agreement of the Shares and 
          the Underwriters' Warrants, respectively, to be sold by the 
          Company, the Underwriters and the Underwriters, respectively, will 
          acquire good and marketable title to the Shares and the 
          Underwriters' Warrants free and clear of any pledge, lien, charge, 
          claim, encumbrance, security interest,

                                       25

<PAGE>

          or other restriction or equity of any kind whatsoever. No transfer tax
          is payable by or on behalf of the Underwriters in connection with (A)
          the issuance by the Company of the Shares, (B) the purchase by the
          Underwriters and the Underwriters of the Shares and the Underwriters'
          Warrants, respectively, from the Company, (C) the consummation by the
          Company of any of its obligations under this Agreement or the
          Underwriters' Warrant Agreement, or (D) resales of the Shares in
          connection with the distribution contemplated hereby;

               iv)  the Registration Statement is effective under the Act, 
          and, if applicable, filing of all pricing information has been 
          timely made in the appropriate form under Rule 430A, and to the 
          knowledge of such counsel, no stop order suspending the use of the 
          Preliminary Prospectus, the Registration Statement or Prospectus or 
          any part of any thereof or suspending the effectiveness of the 
          Registration Statement has been issued and no proceedings for that 
          purpose have been instituted or are pending or, to the best of such 
          counsel's knowledge, threatened or contemplated under the Act;
          
               v)   each of the Preliminary Prospectus, the Registration 
          Statement, and the Prospectus and any amendments or supplements 
          thereto (other than the financial statements and related notes and 
          other financial and statistical data included therein, as to which 
          no opinion need be rendered) comply as to form in all material 
          respects with the requirements of the Act and the Regulations;
          
               vi)  to the best of such counsel's knowledge, (A) there are no 
          agreements, contracts or other documents required by the Act to be 
          described in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and 
          filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement other than those 
          described in the Registration Statement (or required to be filed 
          under the Exchange Act if upon such filing they would be 
          incorporated, in whole or in part, by reference therein) and the 
          Prospectus and filed as exhibits thereto, and the exhibits which 
          have been filed are correct copies of the documents of which they 
          purport to be copies; (B) the descriptions in the Registration 
          Statement and the Prospectus and any supplement or amendment 
          thereto of contracts and other documents to which the Company or 
          any Subsidiary is a party or by which it is bound, including any 
          document to which the Company or any Subsidiary is a party or by 
          which it is bound, incorporated by reference into the Prospectus 
          and any supplement or amendment thereto, are accurate in all 
          material respects and fairly represent the information required to 
          be shown by Form S-2; (C) there is no pending or threatened against 
          the Company or any Subsidiary any action, arbitration, suit, 
          proceeding, inquiry, investigation, litigation, governmental or 
          other proceeding (including, without limitation, those having 
          jurisdiction over environmental or similar matters), domestic or 
          foreign, pending or threatened against (or circumstances that may 
          give rise to the same), or involving the properties or business of 
          the Company or any Subsidiary which (x) is required to be disclosed 
          in the Registration Statement which is not so disclosed, (and such 
          proceedings as are summarized in the Registration Statement

                                       26

<PAGE>

          are accurately summarized in all material respects), (y) questions the
          validity of the capital stock of the Company or this Agreement or 
          the Underwriters' Warrant Agreement, or of any action taken or to 
          be taken by the Company pursuant to or in connection with any of 
          the foregoing; (D) no statute or regulation or legal or 
          governmental proceeding required to be described in the Prospectus 
          is not described as required; and (E) there is no action, suit or 
          proceeding pending, or threatened, against or affecting the Company 
          or any Subsidiary before any court or arbitrator or governmental 
          body, agency or official (or any basis thereof known to such 
          counsel) in which there is a reasonable possibility of an adverse 
          decision which may result in a material adverse change in the 
          condition, financial or otherwise, or results of operations of the 
          Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, which could 
          materially adversely affect the present or prospective ability of 
          the Company to perform its obligations under this Agreement or the 
          Underwriters' Warrant Agreement or which in any manner draws into 
          question the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or the 
          Underwriters' Warrant Agreement;
          
               vii) the Company has full legal right, power and authority to 
          enter into each of this Agreement and the Underwriters' Warrant 
          Agreement and to consummate the transactions provided for herein 
          and therein; and each of this Agreement and the Underwriters' 
          Warrant Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered 
          by the Company.  Each of this Agreement and the Underwriters' 
          Warrant Agreement, assuming due authorization, execution and 
          delivery by each other party thereto constitutes a legal, valid and 
          binding agreement of the Company enforceable against the Company in 
          accordance with its terms (except as such enforceability may be 
          limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, 
          moratorium or other laws of general application relating to or 
          affecting enforcement of creditors' rights and the application of 
          equitable principles in any action, legal or equitable, and except 
          as rights to indemnity or contribution may be limited by applicable 
          law), and none of the Company's execution or delivery of this 
          Agreement and the Underwriters' Warrant Agreement, its performance 
          hereunder or thereunder, its consummation of the transactions 
          contemplated herein or therein, or the conduct of its business as 
          described in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus and any 
          amendments or supplements thereto, conflicts with or will conflict 
          with or results or will result in any breach or violation of any of 
          the terms or provisions of, or constitutes or will constitute a 
          default under, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, 
          charge, claim, encumbrance, pledge, security interest, defect or 
          other restriction or equity of any kind whatsoever upon, any 
          property or assets (tangible or intangible) of the Company or any 
          Subsidiary pursuant to the terms of (A) the certificate of 
          incorporation or by-laws of the Company or any Subsidiary, (B) to 
          our knowledge, any license, contract, indenture, mortgage, deed of 
          trust, voting trust agreement, stockholders agreement, note, loan 
          or credit agreement or any other agreement or instrument to which 
          the Company is a party or by which it is or may be bound or to 
          which any of its respective properties or assets (tangible 

                                       27

<PAGE>

          or intangible) is or may be subject, or any indebtedness, or (C) to
          our knowledge, any statute, judgement, decree, order, rule or
          regulation applicable to the Company or any Subsidiary of any
          arbitrator, court, regulatory body or administrative agency or other
          governmental agency or body (including, without limitation, those
          having jurisdiction over environmental or similar matters), domestic
          or foreign, having jurisdiction over the Company or any Subsidiary, or
          any of their activities or properties;

               viii)     except as described in the Prospectus, no consent, 
          approval, authorization or order of, and no filing with, any court, 
          regulatory body, government agency or other body (other than such as
          may be required under Blue Sky laws, as to which no opinion need be
          rendered) is required in connection with the issuance of the Shares
          pursuant to the Prospectus, the issuance of the Underwriters'
          Warrants, the performance of this Agreement and the Underwriters'
          Warrant Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby and
          thereby;

               ix)  to the best knowledge of such counsel, neither the 
          Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is in breach of, or in default 
          under, any term or provision of any license, contract, indenture, 
          mortgage, installment sale agreement, deed of trust, lease, voting 
          trust agreement, stockholders' agreement, partnership agreement, 
          note, loan or credit agreement or any other agreement or instrument 
          evidencing an obligation for borrowed money, or any other agreement 
          or instrument to which the Company or any Subsidiary is a party or 
          by which the Company or any Subsidiary may be bound or to which the 
          property or assets (tangible or intangible) of the Company or any 
          Subsidiary is subject or affected; and neither the Company nor any 
          of the Subsidiaries is in violation of any term or provision of its 
          certificate of incorporation by-laws, or to such Counsel's 
          knowledge, in violation of any franchise, license, permit, 
          judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or regulation;

               x)   the statements in the Prospectus under [identify sections]
          have been reviewed by such counsel, and insofar as they refer to 
          statements of law, descriptions of statutes, licenses, rules or 
          regulations or legal conclusions, are correct in all material 
          respects; 

               xi)  the Shares and the Underwriters' Common Stock have been 
          accepted for listing on the AMEX;

               xii) to the best knowledge of such counsel, except as 
          described in the Prospectus, no person, corporation, trust, 
          partnership, association or other entity has the right to include 
          and/or register any securities of the Company in the Registration 
          Statement, require the Company to file any registration statement 
          or, if filed, to include any security in such registration 
          statement; 

                                       28

 
<PAGE>

               xiii)     assuming due execution by the parties thereto other 
          than the Company, the Lock-up Agreements are legal, valid and 
          binding obligations of parties thereto, enforceable against the 
          party and any subsequent holder of the securities subject thereto 
          in accordance with its terms (except as such enforceability may be 
          limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, 
          moratorium or other laws of general application relating to or 
          affecting enforcement of creditors' rights and the application of 
          equitable principles in any action, legal or equitable, and except 
          as rights to indemnity or contribution may be limited by applicable 
          law); and

          Such counsel shall state that such counsel has participated in 
conferences with officers and other representatives of the Company and 
representatives of the independent public accountants for the Company at 
which conferences such counsel made inquiries of such officers, 
representatives and accountants and discussed the contents of the Preliminary 
Prospectus, the Registration Statement, the Prospectus; and related matters 
were discussed and, although such counsel is not passing upon and does not 
assume any responsibility for the accuracy, completeness or fairness of the 
statements contained in the Preliminary Prospectus, the Registration 
Statement and Prospectus, on the basis of the foregoing, no facts have come 
to the attention of such counsel which lead them to believe that either the 
Registration Statement or any amendment thereto, at the time such 
Registration Statement or amendment became effective or the Preliminary 
Prospectus or Prospectus or amendment or supplement thereto as of the date of 
such opinion contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to 
state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the 
statements therein not misleading (it being understood that such counsel need 
express no opinion with respect to the financial statements and schedules and 
other financial and statistical data included in the Preliminary Prospectus, 
the Registration Statement or Prospectus).

          In rendering such opinion, such counsel may rely (A) as to matters 
involving the application of laws other than the laws of the United States 
and jurisdictions in which they are admitted, to the extent such counsel 
deems proper and to the extent specified in such opinion, if at all, upon an 
opinion or opinions (in form and substance satisfactory to Underwriters' 
Counsel) of other counsel acceptable to Underwriters' Counsel, familiar with 
the applicable laws, including but not limited to ______________________, 
[patent counsel] to the Company as to licenses of the Company and ___________ 
as to matters of United Kingdom laws; (B) as to matters of fact, to the 
extent they deem proper, on certificates and written statements of 
responsible officers of the Company and the Subsidiaries, and certificates or 
other written statements of officers of departments of  various jurisdictions 
having custody of documents respecting the corporate existence or good 
standing of the Company and the Subsidiaries, provided that copies of any 
such statements or certificates shall be delivered to Underwriters' Counsel 
if requested.  The opinion of such counsel for the Company and the 
Subsidiaries shall state that the opinion of any such other counsel is in 
form satisfactory to such counsel and that the Underwriters and they are 
justified in relying thereon.  Such opinion shall also state that 
Underwriters' Counsel is entitled to rely thereon.

                                      29
<PAGE>

               (e)  On the Closing Date there shall have been furnished to 
you the opinion of _________________________________, special counsel for the 
Selling Shareholders, dated such Closing Date and in form and substance 
satisfactory to Underwriter's Counsel, to the effect that:  

               i)   this Agreement has been validly authorized, executed and
          delivered by or on behalf of each of the Selling Shareholders.

               ii)  a Power of Attorney and the Custody Agreement have been 
          validly authorized, executed and delivered by each of the Selling 
          Shareholders.

               iii) if shares of Common Stock are sold by a Selling 
          Shareholder on such Closing Date, marketable title to the shares 
          sold by such Selling Shareholder hereunder, free and clear of any 
          liens, claims, encumbrances and security interests whatsoever 
          (other than those as may have been created by the Underwriters), 
          has been transferred to, and is vested in, the Underwriter who has 
          purchased such shares hereunder.

          In rendering such opinion as to questions of the law of 
jurisdictions other than the state of New York or the United States, such 
counsel may rely upon an opinion (dated such Closing Date, addressed to the 
Underwriters and in form satisfactory to you) of counsel acceptable to 
Underwriter's Counsel.  Such opinion of counsel for the Selling Shareholders 
shall state that the opinion of other such counsel is in form and substance 
satisfactory to counsel for the Selling Shareholders and, in their opinion, 
you and they are justified in relying on such other opinion.

               (f)  At each Option Closing Date, if any, the Underwriters 
shall have received the favorable opinion of Schoeman, Marsh & Updike, LLP, 
or other counsel acceptable to the Underwriter, counsel to the Company and 
the Subsidiaries, dated the Option Closing Date, addressed to the 
Underwriters and in form and substance satisfactory to Underwriters' Counsel 
confirming as of the Option Closing Date the statements made by Schoeman, 
Marsh & Updike, LLP, or other counsel acceptable to the Underwriter, in its 
opinion delivered on the Closing Date.

               (g)  On or prior to each of the Closing Date and the Option 
Closing Date, if any, Underwriters' Counsel shall have been furnished such 
documents, certificates and opinions as they may reasonably require for the 
purpose of enabling them to review or pass upon the matters referred to in 
subsection (c) of this Section 6, or in order to evidence the accuracy, 
completeness or satisfaction of any of the representations, warranties or 
conditions of the Company or the Selling Shareholders, or herein contained.

               (h)  Prior to each of the Closing Date and each Option Closing 
Date, if any, (i) there shall have been no material adverse change nor 
development involving a prospective change in the condition, financial or 
otherwise, prospects, stockholders' equity or the business activities of the 
Company, whether or not in the ordinary course of business, from the latest 
dates as of which such condition is set forth in the Registration Statement 
and

                                      30

<PAGE>

Prospectus; (ii) there shall have been no transaction, not in the ordinary 
course of business, entered into by the Company or any of the Subsidiaries, 
from the latest date as of which the financial condition of the Company and 
the Subsidiaries is set forth in the Registration Statement and Prospectus 
which is materially adverse to the Company or any of the Subsidiaries; (iii) 
the Company shall not be in default under any provision of any instrument 
relating to any outstanding indebtedness; (iv) neither the Company nor any of 
the Subsidiaries shall have issued any securities (other than the 
Securities); neither the Company nor any of the Subsidiaries shall have 
declared or paid any dividend or made any distribution in respect of its 
capital stock of any class; and there has not been any change in the capital 
stock of the Company or any of the Subsidiaries, or any material change in 
the debt (long or short term) or liabilities or obligations of the Company or 
any of the Subsidiaries (contingent or otherwise); (v) no material amount of 
the assets of the Company or any of the Subsidiaries shall have been pledged 
or mortgaged, except as set forth in the Registration Statement and 
Prospectus; (vi) no action, suit or proceeding, at law or in equity, shall 
have been pending or, to the best knowledge of the Company, threatened (or 
circumstances giving rise to same) against the Company or any of the 
Subsidiaries, or affecting any of its properties or business before or by any 
court or federal, state or foreign commission, board or other administrative 
agency wherein an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding may adversely 
affect the business, operations, prospects or financial condition or income 
of the Company, except as set forth in the Registration Statement and 
Prospectus; and (vii) no stop order shall have been issued under the Act and 
no proceedings therefor shall have been initiated, to the best knowledge of 
the Company, threatened or contemplated by the Commission.

          (i)  At each of the Closing Date and each Option Closing Date, if 
any, the Underwriters shall have received a certificate of the Company signed 
by the principal executive officer and by the chief financial or chief 
accounting officer of the Company, dated the Closing Date or Option Closing 
Date, as the case may be, to the effect that each of such persons has 
carefully examined the Registration Statement, the Prospectus and this 
Agreement, and that:

               i)   The representations and warranties of the Company in this 
          Agreement are true and correct as if made on and as of the Closing 
          Date or the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, and the 
          Company has complied with all agreements and covenants and 
          satisfied all conditions contained in this Agreement on its part to 
          be performed or satisfied at or prior to such Closing Date or 
          Option Closing Date, as the case may be;

               ii)  No stop order suspending the effectiveness of the 
          Registration Statement or any part thereof has been issued, and no 
          proceedings for that purpose have been instituted or are pending 
          or, to the best of each of such person's knowledge, after due 
          inquiry, are contemplated or threatened under the Act;

               iii) The Registration Statement and the Prospectus and, if 
          any, each amendment and each supplement thereto, contain all 
          statements and information

                                      31
<PAGE>


          required to be included therein, and none of the Registration 
          Statement, the Prospectus nor any amendment or supplement thereto 
          includes any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state 
          any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to 
          make the statements therein not misleading and neither the 
          Preliminary Prospectus nor any supplement thereto included any 
          untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state any 
          material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make 
          the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which 
          they were made, not misleading; and

               iv)  Subsequent to the respective dates as of which 
          information is given in the Registration Statement and the 
          Prospectus and except as disclosed in the Prospectus, (a) neither 
          the Company nor any of the Subsidiaries has incurred up to and 
          including the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as the case 
          may be, other than in the ordinary course of its business, any 
          material liabilities or obligations, direct or contingent; (b) 
          neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has paid or 
          declared any dividends or other distributions on its capital stock; 
          (c) neither the Company nor any of the Subsidiaries has entered 
          into any material transactions not in the ordinary course of 
          business; (d) there has not been any change in the capital stock of 
          the Company or any material change in the debt (long or short-term) 
          of the Company or any of the Subsidiaries; (e) neither the Company 
          nor any of the Subsidiaries has sustained any material loss or 
          damage to its property or assets, whether or not insured; (g) there 
          is no litigation which is pending or, to the best knowledge of the 
          Company, threatened (or circumstances giving rise to same) against 
          the Company, or any affiliated party of any of the foregoing which 
          is required to be set forth in an amended or supplemented 
          Prospectus which has not been set forth; and (h) there has occurred 
          no event required to be set forth in an amended or supplemented 
          Prospectus which has not been set forth.

References to the Registration Statement and the Prospectus in this 
subsection (i) are to such documents as amended and supplemented at the date 
of such certificate.

               (j)  On the Closing Date there shall have been furnished to 
you a certificate, dated such Closing Date and addressed to you, signed by or 
on behalf of the Selling Shareholders, to the effect that the representations 
and warranties of the Selling Shareholders in this Agreement are materially 
correct on and as of the date of this Agreement and on and as of such Closing 
Date, as if made on and as of such Closing Date, and that the Selling 
Shareholders have complied with all the agreements and satisfied all the 
conditions on their part to be performed or satisfied at or prior to such 
Closing Date.

               (k)  By the Closing Date, the Underwriters will have received 
clearance from the NASD as to the amount of compensation allowable or payable 
to the Underwriters, as described in the Registration Statement.

                                      32
<PAGE>


               (l)  At the time this Agreement is executed, the Underwriters 
shall have received a letter, dated such date, addressed to the Underwriters 
in form and substance satisfactory (including the non-material nature of the 
changes or decreases, if any, referred to in clause (iii) below) in all 
respects to the Underwriters and Underwriters' Counsel, from KPMG Peat 
Marwick LLP:

               i)   confirming that they are independent public accountants 
          with respect to the Company within the meaning of the Act and the 
          applicable Regulations;

               ii)  stating that it is their opinion that the financial 
          statements and supporting schedules of the Company included in the 
          Registration Statement comply as to form in all material respects 
          with the applicable accounting requirements of the Act and the 
          Regulations thereunder and that the Underwriters may rely upon the 
          opinion of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP with respect to such financial 
          statements and supporting schedules included in the Registration 
          Statement;

               iii) stating that, on the basis of a limited review which 
          included a reading of the latest available unaudited interim 
          financial statements of the Company and the Subsidiaries, a reading 
          of the latest available minutes of the stockholders and Board of 
          Directors and the various committees of the Board of Directors of 
          the Company, consultations with officers and other employees of the 
          Company and the Subsidiaries responsible for financial and 
          accounting matters and other specified procedures and inquiries, 
          nothing has come to their attention which would lead them to 
          believe that (A) the unaudited financial statements and supporting 
          schedules of the Company and the Subsidiaries included in the 
          Registration Statement do not comply as to form in all material 
          respects with the applicable accounting requirements of the Act and 
          the Regulations or are not fairly presented in conformity with 
          generally accepted accounting principles applied on a basis 
          substantially consistent with that of the audited consolidated 
          financial statements of the Company and the Subsidiaries included 
          in the Registration Statement, or (B) at a specified date not more 
          than five (5) days prior to the effective date of the Registration 
          Statement, there has been any change in the capital stock of the 
          Company, any change in the long-term debt of the Company or any of 
          the Subsidiaries, or any decrease in the stockholders' equity of 
          the Company or any of the Subsidiaries or any decrease in the net 
          current assets or net assets of the Company as compared with 
          amounts shown in the December 31, 1997 balance sheet included in 
          the Registration Statement, other than as set forth in or 
          contemplated by the Registration Statement, or, if there was any 
          change or decrease, setting forth the amount of such change or 
          decrease, and (C) during the period from January 1, 1998 to a 
          specified date not more than five (5) days prior to the effective 
          date of the Registration Statement, there was any decrease in net 
          revenues or net earnings of the Company or any of the Subsidiaries 
          or increase in net earnings per common share of the Company, in

                                      33
<PAGE>

          each case as compared with the corresponding period in the prior 
          year other than as set forth in or contemplated by the Registration 
          Statement, or, if there was any such decrease, setting forth the 
          amount of such decrease;

               iv)  setting forth, at a date not later than five (5) days 
          prior to the date of the Registration Statement, the amount of 
          liabilities of the Company and the Subsidiaries (including a 
          break-down of commercial paper and notes payable to the banks);

               v)   stating that they have compared specific dollar amounts, 
          numbers of shares, percentages of revenues and earnings, statements 
          and other financial information pertaining to the Company and the 
          Subsidiaries set forth in the Prospectus in each case to the extent 
          that such amounts, numbers, percentages, statements and information 
          may be derived from the general accounting records, including work 
          sheets, of the Company and the Subsidiaries and excluding any 
          questions requiring an interpretation by legal counsel, with the 
          results obtained from the application of specified readings, 
          inquiries and other appropriate procedures (which procedures do not 
          constitute an examination in accordance with generally accepted 
          auditing standards) set forth in the letter and found them to be in 
          agreement; and

               vi)  statements as to such other matters incident to the 
          transaction contemplated hereby as the Underwriters may request.

               (m)  At the Closing Date and each Option Closing Date, if any, 
the Underwriters shall have received from KPMG Peat Marwick LLP a letter, 
dated as of the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, 
to the effect that they reaffirm the statements made in the letter furnished 
pursuant to subsection (i) of this Section hereof except that the specified 
date referred to shall be a date not more than five days prior to the Closing 
Date or the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, and, if the Company has 
elected to rely on Rule 430A of the Rules and Regulations, to the further 
effect that they have carried out procedures as specified in clause (v) of 
subsection (k) of this Section with respect to certain amounts, percentages 
and financial information as specified by the Underwriters and deemed to be a 
part of the Registration Statement pursuant to Rule 430A(b) and have found 
such amounts, percentages and financial information to be in agreement with 
the records specified in such clause (v).

               (n)  At the Closing Date and each Option Closing Date, if any, 
the Underwriters shall have received a letter, dated such date, addressed to 
the Underwriters in form and substance satisfactory in all respects to the 
Underwriters and counsel to the Underwriters, from KPMG Peat Marwick LLP 
containing statements and information of the type ordinarily included in 
accountant's "comfort letters" to Underwriters with respect to financial 
information contained in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus.

                                      34
<PAGE>


               (o)  The Company shall have delivered to the Underwriters a 
letter from KPMG Peat Marwick LLP addressed to the Company stating that they 
have not during the immediately preceding two-year period brought to the 
attention of the Company's management any "weakness" as defined in Statement 
of Auditing Standards No. 60 "Communication of Internal Control Structure 
Related Matters Noted in an Audit," in any of the Company's internal controls.

               (p)  On each of the Closing Date and Option Closing Date, if 
any, there shall have been duly tendered to the Underwriters for their 
respective accounts the appropriate number of Shares.

               (q)  No order suspending the sale of the Securities in any 
jurisdiction designated by the Underwriters pursuant to subsection (e) of 
Section 5 hereof shall have been issued on either the Closing Date or the 
Option Closing Date, if any, and no proceedings for that purpose shall have 
been instituted or shall be contemplated.

               [(r) On or before the Closing Date, the Underwriters shall have
received the favorable opinion of ____________________, special intellectual 
property counsel to the Company with respect to certain intellectual property 
matters , or in such form reasonably acceptable to the Underwriters' counsel.]

               (s)  On or before the Closing Date, the Company shall have 
executed and delivered to the Underwriters, (i) the Underwriters' Warrant 
Agreement substantially in the form filed as Exhibit 4.2 to the Registration 
Statement in final form and substance satisfactory to the Underwriters, and 
(ii) the Underwriters' Warrants in such denominations and to such designees 
as shall have been provided to the Company

               (t)  On or before the Closing Date, the Shares shall have been 
duly approved for listing on the AMEX, subject to official notice of issuance.

               (u)  On or before the Closing Date, there shall have been 
delivered to the Underwriters all of the Lock-up Agreements, in form and 
substance satisfactory to Underwriters' Counsel.

          If any condition to the Underwriters' obligations hereunder to be 
fulfilled prior to or at the Closing Date or the relevant Option Closing 
Date, as the case may be, is not so fulfilled, the Underwriters may terminate 
this Agreement or, if the Underwriters so elect, it may waive any such 
conditions which have not been fulfilled or extend the time for their 
fulfillment.

          8.   Indemnification.

               (a)  The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each of 
the Underwriters (for purposes of this Section 8 "Underwriter" shall include 
the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents and counsel of the 
Underwriter, and each person, if any, who controls the Underwriter 
("controlling person") within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or

                                      35
<PAGE>


Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act, from and against any and all losses, 
claims, damages, expenses or liabilities, joint or several (and actions, 
proceedings, investigations, inquiries, and suits in respect thereof), 
whatsoever (including but not limited to any and all costs and expenses 
whatsoever reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending 
against such action, proceeding, investigation, inquiry or suit, commenced or 
threatened, or any claim whatsoever), as such are incurred, to which the 
Underwriter or such controlling person may become subject under the Act, the 
Exchange Act or any other statute or at common law or otherwise or under the 
laws of foreign countries, arising out of or based upon (A) any untrue 
statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained (i) in any 
Preliminary Prospectus, the Registration Statement or the Prospectus (as from 
time to time amended and supplemented); (ii) in any post-effective amendment 
or amendments or any new registration statement and prospectus in which is 
included securities of the Company issued or issuable upon exercise of the 
Securities; or (iii) in any application or other document or written 
communication (in this Section 8 collectively called "application") executed 
by the Company or based upon written information furnished by the Company 
filed, delivered or used in any jurisdiction in order to qualify the 
Securities under the securities laws thereof or filed with the Commission, 
any state securities commission or agency, AMEX or any other securities 
exchange, (B) the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact 
required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not 
misleading (in the case of the Prospectus, in the light of the circumstances 
under which they were made), or (C) any breach of any representation, 
warranty, covenant or agreement of the Company contained herein or in any 
certificate by or on behalf of the Company or any of its officers delivered 
pursuant hereto unless, in the case of clause (A) or (B) above, such 
statement or omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with 
written information furnished to the Company with respect to any Underwriter 
by or on behalf of such Underwriter expressly for use in any Preliminary 
Prospectus, the Registration Statement or any Prospectus, or any amendment 
thereof or supplement thereto, or in any application, as the case may be.

          The indemnity agreement in this subsection (a) shall be in addition 
to any liability which the Company may have at common law or otherwise.

               (b)  Each of the Underwriters agrees severally, but not 
jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each Selling 
Shareholder, each of the Company's directors, each of the Company's officers 
who has signed the Registration Statement, and each other person, if any, who 
controls the Company or any Selling Shareholder within the meaning of the 
Act, to the same extent as the foregoing indemnity from the Company to the 
Underwriters but only with respect to statements or omissions or alleged 
omissions, if any, made in any Preliminary Prospectus, the Registration 
Statement or Prospectus or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or in 
any application made in reliance upon, and in strict conformity with, written 
information furnished to the Company with respect to any Underwriter by such 
Underwriter expressly for use in such Preliminary Prospectus, the 
Registration Statement or Prospectus or any amendment thereof or supplement 
thereto or in any such application, provided that such written information or 
omissions only pertain to disclosures in the Preliminary Prospectus, the 
Registration Statement or Prospectus directly relating to the transactions 
effected by the Underwriters in connection with this Offering.  The Company 
acknowledges that the

                                      36
<PAGE>

statements with respect to the public offering of the Securities set forth 
under the heading "Underwriting" and the stabilization legend in the 
Prospectus have been furnished by the Underwriters expressly for use therein 
and constitute the only information furnished in writing by or on behalf of 
the Underwriters for inclusion in the Prospectus.

          The indemnity agreement in this subsection (b) shall be in addition 
to any liability which the Underwriters may have at common law or otherwise.

               (c)  Each Selling Shareholder severally, but not jointly, will 
indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of the Company's directors, 
each of the Company's officers who signed the Registration Statement, each 
person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the 1933 Act, 
the Underwriters and each person, if any, who controls the Underwriters 
within the meaning of the 1933 Act against any loss, claim, damage or 
liability to which the Company, the Underwriter or any such director or 
officer or controlling person may become subject, under the 1933 Act or 
otherwise, insofar as such loss, claim, damage or liability (or action in 
respect thereof) arises out of or is based upon (i) any untrue statement or 
alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained (A) in the Registration 
Statement (including each Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus as a part 
thereof) or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, or (B) in any Blue 
Sky Application, or (ii) the omission or alleged omission to state in the 
Registration Statement (including any Preliminary Prospectus and the 
Prospectus as a part thereof) or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto 
or in any Blue Sky Application a material fact required to be stated therein 
or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, but only to the 
extent that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or 
alleged omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with written 
information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of such Selling 
Shareholder specifically for use in the preparation of the Registration 
Statement or any such amendment thereof or supplement thereto or any such 
Blue Sky Application or any such Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus or 
any such amendment thereof or supplement thereto; and will reimburse any 
legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company, or the 
Underwriters or any such director or officer or controlling person in 
connection with investigating or defending against or appearing as a third 
party witness in connection with any such loss, claim, damage, liability or 
action, and further provided, however, that the foregoing indemnity agreement 
is subject to the condition that, insofar as it relates to any untrue 
statement, alleged untrue statement, omission or alleged omission made in any 
Preliminary Prospectus but eliminated or remedied in the Prospectus, such 
indemnity agreement shall not inure to the benefit of the Underwriters from 
whom the person asserting any loss, claim, damage or liability purchased the 
Stock which is the subject thereof (or to the benefit of any person who 
controls such Underwriter), if a copy of the Prospectus was not sent or given 
to such person with or prior to the written confirmation of the sale of such 
shares of Common Stock to such person; and further provided, however, that 
the Selling Shareholders will be liable under the foregoing indemnity 
agreement only to the extent of the proceeds received by them from the sale 
of their stock to the Underwriters pursuant to the terms hereof.  This 
indemnity agreement is in addition to any liability which such Selling 
Shareholder may otherwise have.


                                      37
<PAGE>

               (d)  The Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Selling 
Shareholder and each person, if any, who controls such Selling Shareholder, 
against any loss, claim, damage or liability, joint or several, to which such 
Selling Shareholder or such controlling person may be subject, under the Act 
or otherwise, insofar as such loss, claim, damage or liability (or action in 
respect thereof) arises out of or is based upon (i) any untrue statement or 
alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained (A) in the Registration 
Statement (including any Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus as a part 
thereof) or any amendment or supplement thereof, or (B) in any blue sky 
application or other document executed by the Company specifically for that 
purpose or based upon written information furnished by the Company filed in 
any state or other jurisdiction in order to qualify any or all of the shares 
of Common Stock sold hereunder under the securities laws thereof (any such 
application, document or information being hereinafter called a "Blue Sky 
Application"), or (ii) the omission or alleged omission to state in the 
Registration Statement (including any Preliminary Prospectus and the 
Prospectus as a part thereof) or any amendment or supplement thereof or in 
any Blue Sky Application a material fact required to be stated therein or 
necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; and will reimburse 
each Selling Shareholder for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred 
by such Selling Shareholder in connection with investigating or defending 
against or appearing as a third party witness in connection with any such 
loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided, however, that the Company 
will not be liable in any such case to the extent, but only to the extent, 
that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon 
an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged 
omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information 
furnished to the Company by or on behalf of any Selling Shareholder 
specifically for use in the preparation of the Registration Statement or any 
such amendment or supplement thereof or any such Blue Sky Application or any 
such preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus or any such amendment thereof 
or supplement thereto.

               (e)  Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this 
Section 8 of notice of the commencement of any action, suit or proceeding, 
such indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made 
against one or more indemnifying parties under this Section 8, notify each 
party against whom indemnification is to be sought in writing of the 
commencement thereof (but the failure so to notify an indemnifying party 
shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have under this Section 
8 except to the extent that it has been prejudiced in any material respect by 
such failure or from any liability which it may have otherwise).  In case any 
such action, investigation, inquiry, suit or proceeding is brought against 
any indemnified party, and it notifies an indemnifying party or parties of 
the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party or parties will be entitled 
to participate therein, and to the extent it may elect by written notice 
delivered to the indemnified party promptly after receiving the aforesaid 
notice from such indemnified party, to assume the defense thereof with 
counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party.  Notwithstanding 
the foregoing, the indemnified party or parties shall have the right to 
employ its or their own counsel in any such case but the fees and expenses of 
such counsel shall be at the expense of such indemnified party or parties 
unless (i) the employment of such counsel shall have been authorized in 
writing by the indemnifying parties in correction with the defense of such 
action at the expense of the indemnifying party, (ii) the indemnifying 
parties shall not have employed counsel reasonably

                                      38
<PAGE>

satisfactory to such indemnified party to have charge of the defense of such 
action within a reasonable time after notice of commencement of the action, 
or (iii) such indemnified party or parties shall have reasonably concluded 
that there may be defenses available to it or them which are different from 
or additional to those available to one or all of the indemnifying parties 
(in which case the indemnifying parties shall not have the right to direct 
the defense of such action, investigation, inquiry, suit or proceeding on 
behalf of the indemnified party or parties), in any of which events such fees 
and expenses of one additional counsel shall be borne by the indemnifying 
parties.  In no event shall the indemnifying parties be liable for fees and 
expenses of more than one counsel (in addition to any local counsel) separate 
from their own counsel for all indemnified parties in connection with any one 
action, investigation, inquiry, suit or proceeding or separate but similar or 
related actions, investigations, inquiries, suits or proceedings in the same 
jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances.  
Anything in this Section 8 to the contrary notwithstanding, an indemnifying 
party shall not be liable for any settlement of any claim or action effected 
without its written consent; provided, however, that such consent was not 
unreasonably withheld.  An indemnifying party will not, without the prior 
written consent of the indemnified parties, settle compromise or consent to 
the entry of any judgment with respect to any pending or threatened claim, 
action, investigation, inquiry, suit or proceeding in respect of which 
indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the 
indemnified parties are actual or potential parties to such claim or action), 
unless such settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional 
release of each indemnified party from all liability arising out of such 
claim, action, suit or proceeding and (ii) does not include a statement as to 
or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of 
any indemnified party.

               (f)  In order to provide for just and equitable contribution 
in any case in which (i) an indemnified party makes claim for indemnification 
pursuant to this Section 8, but it is judicially determined (by the entry of 
a final judgment or decree by a court of competent jurisdiction and the 
expiration of time to appeal or the denial of the last right of appeal) that 
such indemnification may not be enforced in such case notwithstanding the 
fact that the express provisions of this Section 8 provide for 
indemnification in such case, or (ii) contribution under the Act may be 
required on the part of any indemnified party, then each indemnifying party 
shall contribute to the amount paid as a result of such losses, claims, 
damages, expenses or liabilities (or actions, investigations, inquiries, 
suits or proceedings in respect thereof) (A) in such proportion as is 
appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by each of the 
contributing parties, on the one hand, and the party to be indemnified on the 
other hand, from the offering of the Securities or (B) if the allocation 
provided by clause (A) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such 
proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits 
referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of each of the 
contributing parties, on the one hand, and the party to be indemnified on the 
other hand in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in 
such losses, claims, damages, expenses or liabilities, as well as any other 
relevant equitable considerations.  In any case where the Company or any 
Selling Shareholder is the contributing party and the Underwriters are the 
indemnified party, the relative benefits received by the Company or such 
Selling Shareholder, as the case may be, on the one hand, and the 
Underwriters, on the other, shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as 
the total net proceeds from the offering of the Shares (before deducting 
expenses) bear to the

                                      39
<PAGE>

total underwriting discounts received by the Underwriters hereunder, in each 
case as set forth in the table on the Cover Page of the Prospectus.  Relative 
fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the 
untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or 
alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by 
the Company, any Selling Shareholder or by the Underwriters, and the parties' 
relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct 
or prevent such untrue statement or omission.  The amount paid or payable by 
an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages, expenses or 
liabilities (or actions, investigations, inquiries, suits or proceedings in 
respect thereof, referred to above in this subdivision (f) shall be deemed to 
include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified 
party in connection with investigating or defending any such action, claim, 
investigation, inquiry, suit or proceeding.  Notwithstanding the provisions 
of this subdivision (f) the Underwriters shall not be required to contribute 
any amount in excess of the underwriting discount applicable to the 
Securities purchased by the Underwriters hereunder.  No person guilty of 
fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) 
shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such 
fraudulent misrepresentation.  For purposes of this Section 8, each person, 
if any, who controls the Company or any Selling Shareholder within the 
meaning of the Act, each officer of the Company who has signed the 
Registration Statement, and each director of the Company shall have the same 
rights to contribution as the Company or such Selling Shareholder, as the 
case may be, subject in each case to this subparagraph (f).  Any party 
entitled to contribution will, promptly after receipt of notice of 
commencement of any action, suit, inquiry, investigation or proceeding 
against such party in respect to which a claim for contribution may be made 
against another party or parties under this subparagraph (f), notify such 
party or parties from whom contribution may be sought, but the omission so to 
notify such party or parties shall not relieve the party or parties from whom 
contribution may be sought from any obligation it or they may have hereunder 
or otherwise than under this subparagraph (f), or to the extent that such 
party or parties were not adversely affected by such omission.  The 
contribution agreement set forth above shall be in addition to any 
liabilities which any indemnifying party may have at common law or otherwise.

          9.   Representations and Agreements to Survive Delivery.  All 
representations, warranties and agreements contained in this Agreement or 
contained in certificates of officers of the Company or certificates 
delivered on behalf of any Selling Shareholder submitted pursuant hereto, 
shall be deemed to be representations, warranties and agreements at the 
Closing Date and the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, and such 
representations, warranties and agreements of the Company and the indemnity 
agreements contained in Section 8 hereof, shall remain operative and in full 
force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of any 
Underwriter, the Company, any controlling person of any Underwriter, the 
Company, and shall survive termination of this Agreement or the issuance, 
sale and delivery of the Securities to the Underwriters and the Underwriters, 
as the case may be.

          10.  Effective Date.

               (a)  This Agreement shall become effective at 10:00 a.m., New 
York City time, on the next full business day following the date hereof, or 
at such earlier time after

                                      40
<PAGE>

the Registration Statement becomes effective as the Underwriters, in their 
discretion, shall release the Securities for sale to the public; provided, 
however, that the provisions of Sections 6, 8 and 11 of this Agreement shall 
at all times be effective.  For purposes of this Section 10, the Shares to be 
purchased hereunder shall be deemed to have been so released upon the earlier 
of dispatch by the Underwriters of telegrams to securities dealers releasing 
such shares for offering or the release by the Underwriters for publication 
of the first newspaper advertisement which is subsequently published relating 
to the Shares.

          11.  Termination.

               (a)  Subject to subsection (b) of this Section 11, the 
Underwriters shall have the right to terminate this Agreement, after the date 
hereof, (i) if any domestic or international event or act or occurrence has 
materially disrupted, or in the Underwriters' opinion will in the immediate 
future materially adversely disrupt the financial markets; or (ii) any 
material adverse change in the financial markets shall have occurred; or 
(iii) if trading generally shall have been suspended or materially limited on 
or by, as the case may be, any of the New York Stock Exchange, the AMEX, the 
National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., the Boston Stock Exchange, 
the Commission or any other government authority having jurisdiction; or (iv) 
if trading of any of the securities of the Company shall have been suspended, 
or any of the securities of the Company shall have been delisted, on any 
exchange or in any over-the-counter market; or (v) if the United States shall 
have become involved in a war or major hostilities, or if there shall have 
been an escalation in an existing war or major hostilities or a national 
emergency shall have been declared in the United States; or (vi) if a banking 
moratorium has been declared by a state or federal authority; or (vii) if a 
moratorium in foreign exchange trading has been declared; or (viii) if the 
Company shall have sustained a loss material or substantial to the Company by 
fire, flood, accident, hurricane, earthquake, theft, sabotage or other 
calamity or malicious act which, whether or not such loss shall have been 
insured, will, in the Underwriters' opinion, make it inadvisable to proceed 
with the delivery of the Securities; or (viii) if there shall have occurred 
any outbreak or escalation of hostilities or any calamity or crisis or there 
shall have been such a material adverse change in the conditions or prospects 
of the Company, or such material adverse change in the general market, 
political or economic conditions, in the United States or elsewhere as in the 
Underwriters' judgment would make it inadvisable to proceed with the 
offering, sale and/or delivery of the Securities or (ix) if Donald N. Horn, 
Kenneth M. Darby and Arthur D. Roche shall no longer serve the Company in 
their present capacity.

               (b)  If this Agreement is terminated by the Underwriters in 
accordance with the provisions of Section 11(a) the Company shall promptly 
reimburse and indemnify the Underwriters for all of their actual 
out-of-pocket expenses, including the fees and disbursements of counsel for 
the Underwriters (less amounts previously paid pursuant to Section 6(c) 
above).  Notwithstanding any contrary provision contained in this Agreement, 
if this Agreement shall not be carried out within the time specified herein, 
or any extension thereof granted to the Underwriters, by reason of any 
failure on the part of the Company to perform any undertaking or satisfy any 
condition of this Agreement by it to be performed or satisfied (including, 
without limitation, pursuant to Section 7 or Section 13) then, the Company 
shall promptly reimburse and

                                      41
<PAGE>

indemnify the Underwriters for all of their actual out-of-pocket expenses, 
including the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters (less 
amounts previously paid pursuant to Section 6(c) above). Notwithstanding any 
contrary provision contained in this Agreement, any election hereunder or any 
termination of this Agreement (including, without limitation, pursuant to 
Sections 7, 11, 12 and 13 hereof), and whether or not this Agreement is 
otherwise carried out, the provisions of Section 6 and Section 8 shall not be 
in any way affected by such election or termination or failure to carry out 
the terms of this Agreement or any part hereof.

          12.  Default by the Company.  If the Company or any Selling 
Shareholder shall fail at the Closing Date or at any Option Closing Date, as 
applicable, to sell and deliver the number of Shares which it is obligated to 
sell hereunder on such date, then this Agreement shall terminate (or, if such 
default shall occur with respect to any Option Shares to be purchased on an 
Option Closing Date, the Underwriters may at the Underwriters' option, by 
notice from the Underwriters to the Company, terminate the Underwriters' 
obligation to purchase Option Shares from the Company on such date) without 
any liability on the part of any non-defaulting party other than pursuant to 
Section 6, Section 8 and Section 11 hereof.  No action taken pursuant to this 
Section shall relieve the Company from liability, if any, in respect of such 
default.

          13.  Substitution of Underwriters.  If one of the Underwriters 
shall fail or refuse (otherwise than for a reason sufficient to justify the 
termination of this Agreement under the provisions of Section 7, 11, or 12 
hereof to purchase and pay for the number of Shares agreed to be purchased by 
such Underwriter upon tender to you of such shares in accordance with the 
terms hereof, then (unless within 48 hours after such default arrangements 
satisfactory to the Company and the non-defaulting Underwriter shall have 
been made for the purchase of the defaulted Stock by another Underwriter or 
Underwriters) this Agreement will terminate without liability on the part of 
any non-defaulting Underwriter or on the part of the Company except as 
otherwise provided in Sections 5 and 8 hereof.  As used in this Agreement, 
the term "Underwriter" includes any person substituted for an Underwriter 
under this paragraph.  Nothing in this Section 13, and no action taken 
hereunder, shall relieve any defaulting Underwriter from liability in respect 
of any default of such Underwriter under this Agreement.

          14.  Notices.  All notices and communications hereunder, except as 
herein otherwise specifically provided, shall be in writing and shall be 
deemed to have been duly given if mailed or transmitted by any standard form 
of telecommunication. Notices to the Underwriters shall be directed to the 
Underwriters c/o Fahnestock & Co. Inc., 125 Broad Street, 16th Floor, New 
York, New York 10004, Attention:  Henry P. Williams, with a copy to Whitman 
Breed Abbott & Morgan LLP, 200 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10166, 
Attention: Theodore La Pier, Esq.  Notices to the Company shall be directed 
to the Company at 89 Arkay Drive, Hauppauge, New York 11788, Attention: 
Kenneth M. Darby, President, with a copy to Schoeman, Marsh & Updike, LLP, 60 
E. 42nd Street, 39th Floor, New York, New York 10165, Attention: Michael 
Schoeman, Esq.

          15.  Parties.  This Agreement shall inure solely to the benefit of 
and shall be binding upon, the Underwriters, the Company, the Selling 
Shareholders and the controlling persons, directors and officers referred to 
in Section 8 hereof, and their respective successors,

                                      42
<PAGE>

legal representatives and assigns, and no other person shall have or be 
construed to have any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in 
respect of or by virtue of this Agreement or any provisions herein contained. 
No purchaser of Securities from any Underwriter shall be deemed to be a 
successor by reason merely of such purchase.

          16.  Construction.  This Agreement shall be governed by and 
construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of New York 
without giving effect to the choice of law or conflict of laws principles.

          17.  Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in any number of 
counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, and all of 
which taken together shall be deemed to be one and the same instrument.

          18.  Entire Agreement; Amendments.  This Agreement and the 
Underwriters' Warrant Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the 
parties hereto and supersede all prior written or oral agreements, 
understandings and negotiations with respect to the subject matter hereof.  
This Agreement may not be amended except in a writing, signed by the 
Underwriters, the Company and the Selling Shareholders.

          If the foregoing correctly sets forth the understanding between the 
Underwriters, the Company and the Selling Shareholders, please so indicate in 
the space provided below for that purpose, whereupon this letter shall 
constitute a binding agreement among us.

                                   Very truly yours,

                                   VICON INDUSTRIES, INC.

                                   By:
                                      ---------------------------------------
                                       Kenneth M. Darby
                                       President

                                   DONALD N. HORN, Selling Shareholder

                                   By:
                                      ---------------------------------------
                                      Attorney-in-Fact

                                   MICHAEL D. KATZ, Selling Shareholder

                                   By:
                                      ---------------------------------------
                                      Attorney-in-Fact

                                   ARTHUR V. WALLACE, Selling Shareholder

                                   By:
                                      ---------------------------------------
                                      Attorney-in-Fact

                                       43

<PAGE>

Confirmed and accepted as of
the date first above written.

FAHNESTOCK & CO. INC.


By:
   ---------------------------------
   Name:
   Title:
   As Attorney-in-Fact for each of the
   Underwriters

SOUTHEAST RESEARCH PARTNERS, INC.


By:
   ---------------------------------
   Name:
   Title:
   As Attorney-in-Fact for each of
   the Underwriters 

                                       44

<PAGE>
                                      SCHEDULE A


Underwriter                                                    Number of Shares
- -----------                                                    ----------------

Fahnestock & Co. Inc.

Southeast Research Partners, Inc.




                    TOTAL                                         1,575,000
                                                                  ---------
                                                                  ---------

                                      45
<PAGE>
                                      SCHEDULE B


Selling Shareholder                                            Number of Shares
- -------------------                                            ----------------

Donald N. Horn                                                      48,605

Michael D. Katz                                                    257,700

Arthur W. Wallace                                                   18,695

                                       46

<PAGE>
                                                                      Exhibit A


                       [FORM OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY OPINION]




                                                            _____________, 1998



FAHNESTOCK & CO. INC. 
Southeast Research Partners, Inc.
c/o Fahnestock & Co. Inc.
125 Broad Street 
New York, New York 10004

               Re:  Public Offering of Vicon Industries, Inc.

Gentlemen:

We have acted as special counsel to VICON INDUSTRIES, INC., a New York 
corporation (the "Company"), in connection with the entering into by the 
Company of that certain Underwriting Agreement by and between FAHNESTOCK & 
CO. INC. ("Fahnestock") and SOUTHEAST RESEARCH PARTNERS, INC. ("Southeast"), 
as representatives of the several underwriters named in Schedule A thereto, 
and the Company, dated _____________, 1998 (the "Underwriting Agreement").  
This opinion is provided to you pursuant to Section 7(p) of the Underwriting 
Agreement.

For the purpose of rendering the opinions set forth below we have reviewed 
the following (collectively, the "Documents"):

               (i)  the Underwriting Agreement;

               (ii)  that certain Registration Statement filed _________, 
               1998, together with any and all amendments thereof exhibits 
               thereto (collectively, the "Registration Statement");

               (iii)  the company's Prospectus dated _________________,  1998 
               (the "Prospectus");

               (iv)  a search of the United States Patent and Trademark 
               Office records relevant to ownership of any and all:

                                       47

<PAGE>

               patents and patent applications (including, without 
               limitation, the patents and patent applications listed on 
               Schedule A annexed hereto and hereby incorporated by reference 
               herein (collectively, the "Patents")), and trademarks, 
               trademark applications, service marks and service mark 
               applications (collectively, the "Marks") (including, without 
               limitation, the Marks listed on Schedule B annexed hereto and 
               hereby incorporated by reference herein (collectively, the 
               "Trademarks")),

               owned, purportedly owned or licensed by the Company 
               (including, those patents, patent applications and Marks 
               licensed, without limitation, pursuant to the licenses listed 
               on Schedule C annexed hereto and hereby incorporated by 
               reference herein (collectively, the "Licenses")), conducted by 
               _____________________ and certified as true and correct as of 
               _________________, 1998 (no earlier than 5 days prior to the 
               date of the Closing (as defined in the Underwriting 
               Agreement));

               (v)  a search of the United States Copyright Office records 
               relevant to ownership of any and all copyrighted material 
               (including, without limitation, the copyright in, or license 
               permitting the Company's actual use of, the material licensed 
               or otherwise distributed by the Company and listed on Schedule 
               D annexed hereto and hereby incorporated by reference herein 
               (collectively, the "Copyrighted Material")), owned, 
               purportedly owned or licensed by the Company conducted by 
               _______________________ and certified as true and correct as 
               of ___________________, 1998 (no earlier than 5 days prior to 
               the date of the Closing);

               (vi)  an intellectual property litigation search with respect 
               to all Patents, Trademarks, Licenses and Copyrighted Material, 
               listed on Schedules A, B, C and D, respectively;

               (vii)  a search of the Uniform Commercial Code ("UCC") 
               recordation offices, in the following jurisdictions -- 
               [________________________, ________________ and 
               ____________________], with respect to the following two 
               categories of general intangibles:

               (a)  the intellectual property general intangibles of the 
               Company, including, without limitation, the Company's

                                       48
<PAGE>

               patents, patent applications, inventions, know how, 
               trademarks, service marks, copyrights, service and trade 
               names, intellectual property licenses and other rights, and

               (b)  the intellectual property general intangibles licensed to 
               the Company, including, without limitation, the patents, 
               patent applications, inventions, know how, trademarks, service 
               marks, copyrights, service and trade names and other 
               intellectual property rights licensed to the Company pursuant 
               to the Licenses (listed on Schedule C),

               said search certified to us as complete and accurate by 
               ________________________ and current through _______________ , 
               1998 (no earlier than 5 days prior to the date of the Closing) 
               and said jurisdictions being the only jurisdictions in which 
               filing of UCC financing statements or other documents may be 
               filed to effectively evidence a security or other interest in 
               said general intangibles; and

               (viii)  any and all records, documents, instruments and 
               agreements in our possession or under our control relating to 
               the Company.

               We have also examined such corporate records, documents, 
               instruments and agreements, and inquired into such other 
               makers, as we have deemed necessary or appropriate as a basis 
               for the opinions set forth herein. Whenever our opinion herein 
               is qualified by the phrase "to the best of our knowledge" or 
               "to the best of our knowledge, after due inquiry," such 
               language means that, based upon (i) our inquiries of officers 
               of the Company, (ii) our review of the Documents, and (iii) 
               our review of such other corporate records, documents, 
               instruments and agreements described in the first sentence of 
               this paragraph, we believe that such opinions are factually 
               correct.

To the best of our knowledge, as to all matters of fact represented to you by 
the Company, we advise you that nothing has come to our attention that would 
cause us to believe that such facts are incorrect, incomplete or misleading 
or that reliance thereon is not warranted under the circumstances.  We call 
to your attention that our opinion is limited to such facts as they exist on 
the date hereof and do not take into account any change of circumstances, 
fact or law subsequent thereto.

Based upon and subject to the foregoing, we are of the opinion that:


                                       49
<PAGE>

1.   To the best of our knowledge, after due inquiry, except as described in 
the Registration Statement, the Company owns or has the right to use, free 
and clear of all liens, encumbrances, pledges, security interests, defects or 
other restrictions or equities of any kind whatsoever,

          (i)   all patents and patent applications (including, without 
                limitation, the Patents),

          (ii)  all trademarks and service marks (including, without 
                limitation, the Trademarks),

          (iii) all copyrights (including, without limitation, the 
                Copyrighted Material),

          (iv)  all service and trade names,

          (v)   all intellectual property licenses (including, without 
                limitation, the Licenses), and

          (vi)  all technology

used in, contemplated to be used in or required for, the conduct of the 
Company's business.

2.   To the best of our knowledge, after due inquiry, the Company possesses 
all material intellectual property licenses or rights used in, or required 
for, the conduct of its business (including, the Licenses and without 
limitation, any such licenses or rights described in the Registration 
Statement as being owned, possessed or licensed by the Company, as the case 
may be), such licenses and rights are in full force and effect, and the 
Company's products, methods and services do not infringe any unlicensed 
intellectual property of any third parties.

3.   To the best of our knowledge, after due inquiry, there is no claim or 
action, pending, threatened or potential, which affects or could affect the 
rights of the Company with respect to any trademarks, service marks, 
copyrights, service names, trade names, patents, patent applications or 
licenses used in, or required for, the conduct of the Company's business and 
all trademarks, service marks, copyrights, trade names, and patents owned or 
licensed to the Company are valid.

4.   To the best of our knowledge, after due inquiry, there is no 
intellectual property based claim or action, pending, threatened or 
potential, which affects or could affect the rights of the Company with 
respect to any products, services, processes or licenses, including, without 
limitation, the Licenses used in the conduct of the Company's business.

5.   To the best of our knowledge, after due inquiry, except as described in 
the Registration Statement, the Company is not under any obligation to pay 
royalties or fees to any third party with respect to any material, technology 
or intellectual properties developed, employed, licensed or used by the 
Company.

                                       50
<PAGE>

6.   To the best of our knowledge, after due inquiry, the statements in the 
Registration Statement under the headings, "Risk Factors - Patents, 
Trademarks and Proprietary Information" and "Business - Patents, Trademarks 
and Proprietary Information," are accurate in all material respects, fairly 
represent the information disclosed therein and do not omit to state any fact 
necessary to make the statements made therein complete and accurate.

7.   To the best of our knowledge, after due inquiry, the statements in the 
Registration Statement and the Prospectus do not contain any untrue statement 
of a material fact with respect to the intellectual property position of the 
Company, or omit to state any material fact relating to the intellectual 
property position of the Company which is required to be stated in the 
Registration Statement and the Prospectus or is necessary to make the 
statements therein not misleading.

We call your attention to the fact that the members of this firm are licensed 
to practice law in the State of _______________________ and before the United 
States Patent and Trademark Office as Registered Patent Attorneys.  
Accordingly, we express no opinion with respect to the laws, rules and 
regulations of any jurisdictions other than the State of ___________ and the 
United States of America.

The opinions expressed herein are for the sole benefit of, and may be relied 
upon only by, the several Underwriters named in Schedule A to the 
Underwriting Agreement and Whitman Breed Abbott & Morgan LLP.

                                        Very truly yours,


                                       51

<PAGE>


 
                                                                  Exhibit 4.2





                        FORM OF UNDERWRITER'S WARRANT AGREEMENT
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------



                               VICON INDUSTRIES, INC.
                                          
                                        AND
                                          
                               FAHNESTOCK & CO. INC.
                                          
                                        AND
                                          
                         SOUTHEAST RESEARCH PARTNERS, INC.
                                          
                                          
                                          
                                   UNDERWRITERS'
                                 WARRANT AGREEMENT
                                          
                                          
                                          
                                          
                            Dated as of __________, 1998


- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------


<PAGE>

          UNDERWRITERS' WARRANT AGREEMENT dated as of __________, 1998 
between VICON INDUSTRIES, INC., a New York corporation (the "Company"), 
FAHNESTOCK & CO. INC. and SOUTHEAST RESEARCH PARTNERS, INC. (each hereinafter 
referred to individually as a "Holder" or "Underwriter" and, collectively, as 
"Holders" or the "Underwriters").

                                W I T N E S S E T H :

          WHEREAS, the Company proposes to issue to the Underwriters or their 
designees warrants ("Warrants") to purchase up to an aggregate of 153,500 
shares of common stock, par value $.01 per share, of the Company ("Common 
Stock"); and

          WHEREAS, the Underwriters have agreed pursuant to the underwriting 
agreement (the "Underwriting Agreement") dated as of the date hereof among 
the Underwriters, the Company and the Selling Shareholders named therein to 
act as Underwriters in connection with the Company's proposed public offering 
of up to 1,535,000 shares of Common Stock at a public offering price of $____ 
per share of Common Stock (the "Public Offering"); and

          WHEREAS, the Warrants to be issued pursuant to this Agreement will 
be issued on the Closing Date (as such term is defined in the Underwriting 
Agreement) by the Company to the Underwriters in consideration for, and as 
part of the Underwriters' compensation in connection with the Public Offering;

          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises, the payment by 
the Underwriters to the Company of an aggregate of twenty dollars ($20.00), 

<PAGE>

the agreements herein set forth and other good and valuable consideration, 
hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

          1.   Grant.  Fahenstock & Co., Inc. is hereby granted the right to 
purchase, at any time from __________, 1999, until 5:30 P.M., New York time, 
on __________, 2003, up to an aggregate of _______ shares of Common Stock at 
an initial exercise price (subject to adjustment as provided in Section 8 
hereof) of $_____ per share of Common Stock subject to the terms and 
conditions of this Agreement.   Southeast Research Partners, Inc. is hereby 
granted the right to purchase, at any time from __________, 1999, until 5:30 
P.M., New York time, on __________, 2003, up to an aggregate of _______ 
shares of Common Stock (together with the Common Stock issuable upon exercise 
of the Warrants referred to in the preceding sentence, the "Shares") at an 
initial exercise price (subject to adjustment as provided in Section 8 
hereof) of $_____ per share of Common Stock subject to the terms and 
conditions of this Agreement.

          2.   Warrant Certificates.  The warrant certificates (the "Warrant 
Certificates") delivered and to be delivered pursuant to this Agreement shall 
be in the form set forth in Exhibit A, attached hereto and made a part 
hereof, with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions, and other 
variations as required or permitted by this Agreement.  Except as set forth 
herein, the Shares issuable upon exercise of the Warrants are in all respects 
identical to the shares of Common Stock being purchased by the Underwriters 
for resale to the public pursuant to the terms and provisions of the 
Underwriting Agreement.

                                       2

<PAGE>

          3.   Exercise of Warrant.

          Section 3.1    Method of Exercise.  The Warrants initially are 
exercisable at an aggregate initial exercise price (subject to adjustment as 
provided in Section 8 hereof) per share of Common Stock set forth in Section 
1 hereof payable by certified or official bank check in New York Clearing 
House funds, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 8 hereof.  Upon 
surrender of a Warrant Certificate with a duly executed copy of the annexed 
Form of Election to Purchase, together with payment of the Exercise Price (as 
hereinafter defined) for the shares of Common Stock purchased at the 
Company's principal offices in Hauppauge, New York (presently located at 89 
Arkay Drive) the registered holder of a Warrant Certificate ("Holder" or
"Holders") shall be entitled to receive a certificate or certificates for the 
shares of Common Stock so purchased.  The purchase rights represented by each 
Warrant Certificate are exercisable at the option of the Holder thereof, in 
whole or in part (but not as to fractional shares of the Common Stock 
underlying the Warrants). Warrants may be exercised to purchase all or part 
of the shares of Common Stock represented thereby.  In the case of the 
purchase of less than all the shares of Common Stock purchasable under any 
Warrant Certificate, the Company shall cancel said Warrant Certificate upon 
the surrender thereof and shall execute and deliver a new Warrant Certificate 
of like tenor for the balance of the shares of Common Stock purchasable 
thereunder.

          Section 3.2    Exercise by Surrender of Warrant.  In addition to 
the method of payment set forth in Section 3.1 and in lieu of any cash 
payment required thereunder, a Holder of Warrants shall have the right at any 
time and from time to time to exercise the Warrants in full or in part by 
surrendering the Warrant Certificate in the manner 

                                       3

<PAGE>


specified in Section 3.1 in exchange for the number of Shares equal to the 
product of (x) the number of Shares as to which the Warrants are being 
exercised multiplied by (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the Market 
Price (as defined in Section 3.3 below) of the Shares less the Exercise Price 
and the denominator of which is such Market Price.  Solely for the purposes 
of this paragraph, Market Price shall be calculated either (i) on the date 
which the form of election attached hereto is deemed to have been sent to the 
Company pursuant to Section 12 hereof ("Notice Date") or (ii) as the average 
of the Market Prices for each of the five trading days preceding the Notice 
Date, whichever of (i) or (ii) is greater.

          Section 3.3    Definition of Market Price.  As used herein, the 
phrase "Market Price" at any date shall be deemed to be the last reported 
sale price, or, in case no such reported sale takes place on such day, the 
average of the last reported sale prices for the last three (3) trading days, 
in either case as officially reported by the principal securities exchange on 
which the Common Stock is listed or admitted to trading or by the Nasdaq 
National Market ("NNM"), or, if the Common Stock is not listed or admitted to 
trading on any national securities exchanged or quoted by NNM, the average 
closing bid price as furnished by the NASD through NNM or similar 
organization if NNM is no longer reporting such information, or if the Common 
Stock is not quoted on NNM, as determined in good faith by resolution of the 
Board of Directors of the Company, based on the best information available to 
it.

          4.   Issuance of Certificates.  Upon the exercise of the Warrants, 
the issuance of certificates for shares of Common Stock and/or other 
securities, properties or rights underlying such Warrants, shall be made 
forthwith (and in any event within 

                                       4

<PAGE>

three (3) business days thereafter) without charge to the Holder thereof 
including, without limitation, any tax which may be payable in respect of the 
issuance thereof, and such certificates shall (subject to the provisions of 
Sections 5 and 7 hereof) be issued in the name of, or in such names as may be 
directed by, the Holder thereof; provided, however, that the Company shall 
not be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any 
transfer involved in the issuance and delivery of any such certificates in a 
name other than that of the Holder, and the Company shall not be required to 
issue or deliver such certificates unless or until the person or persons 
requesting the issuance thereof shall have paid to the Company the amount of 
such tax or shall have established to the satisfaction of the Company that 
such tax has been paid.

          The Warrant Certificates and the certificates representing the 
Shares underlying the Warrants (and/or other securities, property or rights 
issuable upon the exercise of the Warrants) shall be executed on behalf of 
the Company by the manual or facsimile signature of the then Chairman or Vice 
Chairman of the Board of Directors or President or Vice President of the 
Company.  Warrant Certificates shall be dated the date of execution by the 
Company upon initial issuance, division, exchange, substitution or transfer.

          5.   Restriction On Transfer of Warrants.  The Holder of a Warrant 
Certificate, by its acceptance thereof, covenants and agrees that the 
Warrants are being acquired as an investment and not with a view to the 
distribution thereof; that the Warrants may not be sold, transferred, 
assigned, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of, in whole or in part, for a 
period of one (1) year from the date hereof, except to officers of the 
Underwriter.

                                      5

<PAGE>

          6.   Exercise Price.

          Section 6.1    Initial and Adjusted Exercise Price.  Except as 
otherwise provided in Section 8 hereof, the initial exercise price of each 
Warrant shall be as set forth in Section 1 hereof.  The adjusted exercise 
price shall be the price which shall result from time to time from any and 
all adjustments of the initial exercise price in accordance with the 
provisions of Section 8 hereof.

          Section 6.2    Exercise Price.  The term "Exercise Price" herein 
shall mean the initial exercise price or the adjusted exercise price, 
depending upon the context.

          7.   Registration Rights.

          Section 7.1    Registration Under the Securities Act of 1933.  The 
Warrants, the Shares, and any of the other securities issuable upon exercise 
of the Warrants have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as 
amended (the "Act"), pursuant to the Company's Registration Statement on Form 
S-2 (Registration No. 333-_____) (the "Registration Statement").  All of the 
representations and warranties of the Company contained in the Underwriting 
Agreement relating to the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus 
and Prospectus (as such terms are defined in the Underwriting Agreement) and 
made as of the dates provided therein, are hereby incorporated by reference.  
The Company agrees and covenants promptly to file post-effective amendments 
to such Registration Statement as may be necessary in order to maintain its 
effectiveness and otherwise to take such action as may be necessary to 
maintain the effectiveness of the Registration Statement as long as any 
Warrants are outstanding.  In the event that, for any reason, whatsoever, the 
Company shall fail to maintain the effectiveness of the Registration 
Statement, upon exercise, in part or in whole, of the 

                                       6

<PAGE>


Warrants, certificates representing the Shares underlying the Warrants, and 
any of the other securities issuable upon exercise of the Warrants 
(collectively, the "Warrant Securities") shall bear the following legend:

          The securities represented by this certificate have not been 
          registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended ("Act"), 
          and may not be offered or sold except pursuant to (i) an effective 
          registration statement under the Act, (ii) to the extent 
          applicable, Rule 144 under the Act (or any similar rule under such 
          Act relating to the disposition of securities), or (iii) an opinion 
          of counsel, if such opinion shall be reasonably satisfactory to 
          counsel to the issuer, that an exemption from registration under 
          such Act is available.

          Section 7.2    Piggyback Registration.  If, at any time commencing 
after the date hereof and expiring seven (7) years from the date hereof, the 
Company proposes to register any of its securities under the Act (other than 
in connection with a merger or pursuant to Form S-8) it will give written 
notice by registered mail, at least thirty (30) days prior to the filing of 
each such registration statement, to the Holder and to all other Holder(s) of 
the Warrants and/or the Warrant Securities, if not previously sold pursuant 
to this Section 7, of its intention to do so.  If the Underwriters or other 
Holder(s) of the Warrants and/or Warrant Securities notify the Company within 
twenty-five (25) days after receipt of any such notice of its or their desire 
to include any such securities in such proposed registration statement, the 
Company shall afford the Underwriters and such Holder(s) of the Warrants 
and/or Warrant Securities the opportunity to have any such Warrant Securities 
registered under such registration statement (sometimes referred to herein as 
the "Piggyback Registration").

                                       7

<PAGE>

          Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 7.2, the Company 
shall have the right at any time after it shall have given written notice 
pursuant to this Section 7.2 (irrespective of whether a written request for 
inclusion of any such securities shall have been made) to elect not to file 
any such proposed registration statement, or to withdraw the same after the 
filing but prior to the effective date thereof.

          Section 7.3    Demand Registration.

          (a)  At any time commencing after the date hereof and expiring five 
(5) years from the date hereof, the Holder of the Warrants and/or Warrant 
Securities representing a "Majority" (as hereinafter defined) of such 
securities (assuming the exercise of all of the Warrants), not previously 
sold pursuant to this Section 7, shall have the right (which right is in 
addition to the registration rights under Section 7.2 hereof), exercisable by 
written notice to the Company, to have the Company prepare and file with the 
Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission"), on one occasion, a 
registration statement and such other documents, including a prospectus, as 
may be necessary in the opinion of both counsel for the Company and counsel 
for the Underwriter and Holder, in order to comply with the provisions of the 
Act, so as to permit a public offering and sale of Warrant Securities for the 
period necessary for such Holders to effect the proposed sale or other 
disposition of the applicable Warrants and/or Warrant Securities.

          (b)  The Company covenants and agrees to (x) give written notice of 
any registration request under this Section 7.3 by any Holder to all other 
registered Holder of the Warrants and the Warrant Securities within ten (10) 
days from the date of the receipt of any such registration request and (y) 
include all the Warrant Securities, not 


                                       8

<PAGE>

previously sold pursuant to this Section 7, in such registration statement 
unless it receives notification from a Holder within five (5) days following 
the Company's notification of registration that such Holder does not want its 
Warrant Securities to be included in the registration statement.

          (c)  In addition to the registration rights under Section 7.2 and 
subsection (a) of this Section 7.3, at any time commencing after the date 
hereof and expiring five (5) years thereafter, any Holder of Warrants and/or 
Warrant Securities shall have the right, exercisable by written request to 
the Company, to have the Company prepare and file, on one occasion, with the 
Commission a registration statement so as to permit a public offering and 
sale for the period necessary for such Holder to effect the sale or other 
disposition of the applicable Warrant Securities provided, however, that the 
provisions of Section 7.4(b) hereof shall not apply to any such registration 
request and registration and all costs incident thereto shall be at the 
expense of the Holder or Holders that participate in such sale or 
disposition, including the Company's reasonable legal and accounting fees, 
printing expenses and blue sky fees and expenses, making such request.

          (d)  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if 
the Company shall not have filed a registration statement for the Warrant 
Securities within the time period specified in Section 7.4(a) hereof pursuant 
to the written notice specified in Section 7.3(a) of a Majority of the 
Holders of the Warrants and/or Warrant Securities, the Company shall have the 
option, upon the written notice of election of a Majority of the Holders of 
the Warrants and/or Warrant Securities, to repurchase (i) any and all Warrant 
Securities at the higher of the Market Price per share of Common Stock on (x) 
the date of the notice sent pursuant to Section 7.3(a) or (y) the expiration 
of the period 

                                       9

<PAGE>

specified in Section 7.4(a) and (ii) any and all Warrants at such Market 
Price less the Exercise Price of such Warrant.  Such repurchase, if elected 
by the Company, shall be in immediately available funds and shall close 
within two (2) days after the later of (i) the expiration of the period 
specified in Section 7.4(a) or (ii) the delivery of the written notice of 
election specified in this Section 7.3(d).

          Section 7.4    Covenants of the Company With Respect to 
Registration.  In connection with any registration under Section 7.2 or 7.3 
hereof, the Company covenants and agrees as follows:

          (a)  The Company shall use its best efforts to file a registration 
statement within forty-five (45) days of receipt of any demand therefor, 
shall use its best efforts to have any registration statements declared 
effective at the earliest possible time, and shall furnish each Holder 
desiring to sell Warrant Securities such number of prospectuses as shall 
reasonably be requested.

          (b)  The Company shall pay all costs (excluding fees and expenses 
of Holder(s)' counsel and any underwriting or selling commissions), fees and 
expenses in connection with all registration statements filed pursuant to 
Sections 7.2 and 7.3(a) hereof including, without limitation, the Company's 
legal and accounting fees, printing expenses and blue sky fees and expenses.  
The Holder(s) will pay all costs, fees and expenses, including the Company's 
reasonable legal and accounting fees, printing expenses and blue sky fees and 
expenses, in connection with any registration statement filed pursuant to 
Section 7.3(c).  If the Company shall fail to comply with the provisions of 
Section 7.4(a), the Company shall, in addition to any other equitable or 
other relief 

                                       10

<PAGE>

available to the Holder(s), be liable for any or all incidental or special 
damages sustained by the Holder(s) requesting registration of their Warrant 
Securities.

          (c)  The Company will take all necessary action which may be 
required in qualifying or registering the Warrant Securities included in a 
registration statement for offering and sale under the securities or blue sky 
laws of such states as reasonably are requested by the Holder(s), provided 
that the Company shall not be obligated to execute or file any general 
consent to service of process or to qualify as a foreign corporation to do 
business under the laws of any such jurisdiction.

          (d)  The Company shall indemnify the Holder(s) of the Warrant 
Securities to be sold pursuant to any registration statement and each person, 
if any, who controls such Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act 
or Section 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the 
"Exchange Act"), against all loss, claim, damage, expense or liability 
(including all expenses reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or 
defending against any claim whatsoever) to which any of them may become 
subject under the Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise, arising from such 
registration statement but only to the same extent and with the same effect 
as the provisions pursuant to which the Company has agreed to indemnify each 
of the Underwriters contained in Section 7 of the Underwriting Agreement.

          (e)  The Holder(s) of the Warrant Securities to be sold pursuant to 
a registration statement, and their successors and assigns, shall severally, 
and not jointly, indemnify the Company, its officers and directors and each 
person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of 
the Act or Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act, against all loss, claim, damage 
or expense or liability (including all 

                                       11

<PAGE>


expenses reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against 
any claim whatsoever) to which they may become subject under the Act, the 
Exchange Act or otherwise, arising from information furnished by or on behalf 
of such Holder, or their successors or assigns, for specific inclusion in 
such registration statement to the same extent and with the same effect as 
the provisions contained in Section 7 of the Underwriting Agreement pursuant 
to which the Underwriters have agreed to indemnify the Company.

          (f)  Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed as 
requiring the Holder(s) to exercise their Warrants prior to the filing of any 
registration statement or the effectiveness thereof.

          (g)  The Company shall not permit the inclusion of any securities 
other than the Warrant Securities to be included in any registration 
statement filed pursuant to Section 7.3(c) hereof, or permit any other 
registration statement to be or remain effective during the effectiveness of 
a registration statement filed pursuant to Section 7.3 (c) hereof, for a 
period of thirty (30) days, without the prior written consent of the Holder 
of the Warrants and Warrant Securities representing a Majority of such 
securities.

          (h)  The Company shall furnish to each Holder participating in the 
offering and to each underwriter, if any, a signed counterpart, addressed to 
such Holder or underwriter, of (i) an opinion of counsel to the Company, 
dated the effective date of such registration statement (and, if such 
registration includes an underwritten public offering, an opinion dated the 
date of the closing under the underwriting agreement), and (ii) a "cold 
comfort" letter dated the effective date of such registration statement (and, 
if such registration includes an underwritten public offering, a letter dated 
the date of the 

                                       12

<PAGE>

closing under the underwriting agreement) signed by the independent public 
accountants who have issued a report on the Company's financial statements 
included in such registration statement, in each case covering substantially 
the same matters with respect to such registration statement (and the 
prospectus included therein) and, in the case of such accountants' letter, 
with respect to events subsequent to the date of such financial statements, 
as are customarily covered in opinions of issuer's counsel and in 
accountants' letters delivered to underwriters in underwritten public 
offerings of securities.

          (i)  The Company shall as soon as practicable after the effective 
date of the registration statement, and in any event within 15 months 
thereafter, make "generally available to its security holder" (within the 
meaning of Rule 158 under the Act) an earnings statement (which need not be 
audited) complying with Section 11(a) of the Act and covering a period of at 
least 12 consecutive months beginning after the effective date of the 
registration statement.

          (j)  The Company shall deliver promptly to each Holder 
participating in the offering requesting the correspondence and memoranda 
described below and to the managing underwriters, copies of all 
correspondence between the Commission and the Company and between the 
Commission and the Company's counsel or auditors and all reasonable memoranda 
relating to discussions with the Commission or its staff with respect to the 
registration statement and permit each Holder and underwriters to do such 
investigation, upon reasonable advance notice, with respect to information 
contained in or omitted from the registration statement as it deems 
reasonably necessary to comply with applicable securities laws or rules of 
the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. ("NASD").  Such 
investigation shall include access to books, records and properties 

                                       13

<PAGE>

and opportunities to discuss the business of the Company with its officers 
and independent auditors, all to such reasonable extent and at such 
reasonable times and as often as any such Holder or underwriter shall 
reasonably request.

          (k)  The Company shall enter into an underwriting agreement with 
the managing underwriters selected for such underwriting by Holders holding a 
Majority of the Warrant Securities requested to be included in such 
underwriting, which may be one or both of the Underwriters.  Such agreement 
shall be satisfactory in form and substance to the Company, each Holder and 
such managing underwriters, and shall contain such representations, 
warranties and covenants by the Company and such other terms as are 
customarily contained in agreements of that type used by the managing 
underwriter.  The Holder shall be parties to any underwriting agreement 
relating to an underwritten sale of their Warrant Securities and may, at 
their option, require that any or all the representations, warranties and 
covenants of the Company to or for the benefit of such underwriters shall 
also be made to and for the benefit of such Holder.  Such Holder shall not be 
required to make any representations or warranties to or agreements with the 
Company or the underwriters except as they may relate to such Holder and 
their intended methods of distribution.

          (l)  In addition to the Warrant Securities, upon the written 
request therefor by any Holder(s), the Company shall include in the 
registration statement any other securities of the Company held by such 
Holder(s) as of the date of filing of such registration statement, including 
without limitation restricted shares of Common Stock, options, warrants or 
any other securities convertible into shares of Common Stock.

                                       14

<PAGE>

          (m)  For purposes of this Agreement, the term "Majority" in 
reference to the Holders of Warrants or Warrant Securities, shall mean a 
percentage in excess of fifty percent (50%) of the then outstanding Warrant 
Securities (treating all such securities as fully exercised for Shares for 
purposes of such calculation) that (i) are not held by the Company, an 
affiliate, officer, creditor, employee or agent thereof or any of their 
respective affiliates, members of their family, persons acting as nominees or 
in conjunction therewith and (ii) have not been resold to the public pursuant 
to a registration statement filed with the Commission under the Act.

          8.   Adjustments to Exercise Price and Number of Securities.

          Section 8.1    Subdivision and Combination.  In case the Company 
shall at any time subdivide or combine the outstanding shares of Common 
Stock, the Exercise Price shall forthwith be proportionately decreased in the 
case of subdivision or increased in the case of combination.

          Section 8.2    Stock Dividends and Distributions.  In case the 
Company shall pay a dividend in, or make a distribution of, shares of Common 
Stock or of the Company's capital stock convertible into Common Stock, the 
Exercise Price shall forthwith be proportionately decreased.  An adjustment 
made pursuant to this Section 8.2 shall be made as of the record date for the 
subject stock dividend or distribution.

          Section 8.3    Adjustment in Number of Securities.  Upon each 
adjustment of the Exercise Price pursuant to the provisions of this Section 
8, the number of Warrant Securities issuable upon the exercise at the 
adjusted exercise price of each Warrant shall be adjusted to the nearest full 
amount by multiplying a number equal to the Exercise Price in effect 
immediately prior to such adjustment by the number of Warrant Securities 

                                       15

<PAGE>

issuable upon exercise of the Warrants immediately prior to such adjustment 
and dividing the product so obtained by the adjusted Exercise Price.

          Section 8.4    Definition of Common Stock.  For the purpose of this 
Agreement, the term "Common Stock" shall mean (i) the class of stock 
designated as Common Stock in the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company 
as may be amended as of the date hereof, or (ii) any other class of stock 
resulting from successive changes or reclassifications of such Common Stock 
consisting solely of changes in par value, or from par value to no par value, 
or from no par value to par value.

          Section 8.5    Merger or Consolidation.  In case of any 
consolidation of the Company with, or merger of the Company with, or merger 
of the Company into, another corporation (other than a consolidation or 
merger which does not result in any reclassification or change of the 
outstanding Common Stock), the corporation formed by such consolidation or 
merger shall execute and deliver to the Holder a supplemental warrant 
agreement providing that the holder of each Warrant then outstanding or to be 
outstanding shall have the right thereafter (until the expiration of such 
Warrant) to receive, upon exercise of such warrant, the kind and amount of 
shares of stock and other securities and property receivable upon such 
consolidation or merger, by a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock 
of the Company for which such warrant might have been exercised immediately 
prior to such consolidation, merger, sale or transfer. Such supplemental 
warrant agreement shall provide for adjustments which shall be identical to 
the adjustments provided in Section 8.  The above provision of this 
subsection shall similarly apply to successive consolidations or mergers.

                                    16

<PAGE>

          Section 8.6    No Adjustment of Exercise Price in Certain Cases.  
No adjustment of the Exercise Price shall be made:

          (a)   Upon the issuance or sale of the Warrants to the Underwriters 
     or the shares of Common Stock issued upon the exercise of the Warrants;

          (b)   If the amount of said adjustment shall be less than two cents 
     ($0.02) per Warrant Security, provided, however, that in such case any 
     adjustment that would otherwise be required then to be made shall be 
     carried forward and shall be made at the time of and together with the 
     next subsequent adjustment which, together with any adjustment so 
     carried forward, shall amount to at least two cents (2CENTS) per Warrant 
     Security.

          9.   Exchange and Replacement of Warrant Certificates.  Each 
Warrant Certificate is exchangeable without expense, upon the surrender 
thereof by the registered Holder at the principal executive office of the 
Company, for a new Warrant Certificate of like tenor and date representing in 
the aggregate the right to purchase the same number of Warrant Securities in 
such denominations as shall be designated by the Holder thereof at the time 
of such surrender.

          Upon receipt by the Company of evidence reasonably satisfactory to 
it of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of any Warrant Certificate, 
and, in case of loss, theft or destruction, of indemnity or security 
reasonably satisfactory to it, and reimbursement to the Company of all 
reasonable expenses incidental thereto, and upon surrender and cancellation 
of the Warrants, if mutilated, the Company will make and deliver a new 
Warrant Certificate of like tenor, in lieu thereof.

                                       17

<PAGE>

          10.  Elimination of Fractional Interests.  The Company shall not be 
required to issue certificates representing fractions of shares of Common 
Stock upon the exercise of the Warrants, nor shall it be required to issue 
scrip or pay cash in lieu of fractional interests, it being the intent of the 
parties that all fractional interests shall be eliminated by rounding any 
fraction up to the nearest whole number of shares of Common Stock or other 
securities, properties or rights.

          11.  Reservation and Listing of Securities.  The Company shall at 
all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized shares of Common 
Stock, solely for the purpose of issuance upon the exercise of the Warrants, 
such number of shares of Common Stock or other securities, properties or 
rights as shall be issuable upon the exercise thereof.  The Company covenants 
and agrees that, upon exercise of the Warrants and payment of the Exercise 
Price therefor, all shares of Common Stock and other securities issuable upon 
such exercise shall be duly and validly issued, fully paid, non-assessable 
and not subject to the preemptive rights of any stockholder.  As long as the 
Warrants shall be outstanding, the Company shall use its best efforts to 
cause all shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of the Warrants 
to be listed (subject to official notice of issuance) on all securities 
exchanges on which the Common Stock issued to the public in connection 
herewith may then be listed on a National Securities Exchange and/or quoted 
on NNM.

          12.  Notices to Warrant Holder.  Nothing contained in this 
Agreement shall be construed as conferring upon the Holder the right to vote 
or to consent or to receive notice as a stockholder in respect of any 
meetings of stockholder for the election of directors or any other matter, or 
as having any rights whatsoever as a stockholder of 

                                       18

<PAGE>

the Company.  If, however, at any time prior to the expiration of the 
Warrants and their exercise, any of the following events shall occur:

          (a)   the Company shall take a record of the holder of its shares 
     of Common Stock for the purpose of entitling them to receive a dividend 
     or distribution payable otherwise than in cash, or a cash dividend or 
     distribution payable otherwise than out of current or retained earnings, 
     as indicated by the accounting treatment of such dividend or 
     distribution on the books of the Company; or

          (b)   the Company shall offer to all the holder of its Common Stock 
     any additional shares of capital stock of the Company or securities 
     convertible into or exchangeable for shares of capital stock of the 
     Company, or any option, right or warrant to subscribe therefor; or

          (c)   a dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company 
     (other than in connection with a consolidation or merger) or a sale of 
     all or substantially all of its property, assets and business as an 
     entirety shall be proposed;

then, in any one or more of said events, the Company shall give written 
notice of such event at least fifteen (15) days prior to the date fixed as a 
record date or the date of closing the transfer books for the determination 
of the stockholder entitled to such dividend, distribution, convertible or 
exchangeable securities or subscription rights, or entitled to vote on such 
proposed dissolution, liquidation, winding up or sale.  Such notice shall 
specify such record date or the date of closing the transfer books, as the 
case may be.  Failure to give such notice or any defect therein shall not 
affect the validity of any action taken in connection with the declaration or 
payment of any such dividend, or 

                                       19

<PAGE>

the issuance of any convertible or exchangeable securities, or subscription 
rights, options or warrants, or any proposed dissolution, liquidation, 
winding up or sale.

          13.  Notices.

          All notices, requests, consents and other communications hereunder 
shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly made and sent when 
delivered, or mailed by registered or certified mail, return receipt 
requested:

          (a)   If to the registered Holder of Warrants, to the address of such
     Holder as shown on the books of the Company; or

          (b)   If to the Company, to the address set forth in Section 3 hereof
     or to such other address as the Company may designate by notice to the 
     Holder.

          14.  Supplements and Amendments.  The Company and the Underwriters 
may from time to time supplement or amend this Agreement without the approval 
of any holder of Warrant Certificates (other than the Underwriters) in order 
to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provision contained 
herein which may be defective or inconsistent with any provisions herein, or 
to make any other provisions in regard to matters or questions arising 
hereunder which the Company and the Underwriters may deem necessary or 
desirable and which the Company and the Underwriters deem shall not adversely 
affect the interests of the Holder of Warrant Certificates.

          15.  Successors.  All the covenants and provisions of this 
Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company, the 
Holder and their respective successors and assigns hereunder.

                                       20

<PAGE>

          16.  Termination.  This Agreement shall terminate at the close of 
business on __________, 2004.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the 
indemnification provisions of Section 7 shall survive such termination until 
the close of business on __________, 2010.

          17.  Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction.  This Agreement and 
each Warrant Certificate issued hereunder shall be deemed to be a contract 
made under the laws of the State of New York and for all purposes shall be 
construed in accordance with the laws of said State without giving effect to 
the rules of said State governing the conflicts of laws.

          The Company, the Underwriters and the Holders hereby agree that any 
action, proceeding or claim against it arising out of, or relating in any way 
to, this Agreement shall be brought and enforced in the courts of the State 
of New York or of the United States of America for the Southern District of 
New York, and irrevocably submits to such jurisdiction, which jurisdiction 
shall be exclusive.  The Company, the Underwriters and the Holders hereby 
irrevocably waive any objection to such exclusive jurisdiction or 
inconvenient forum.  Any such process or summons to be served upon any of the 
Company, the Underwriters and the Holders (at the option of the party 
bringing such action, proceeding or claim) may be served by transmitting a 
copy thereof, by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, 
postage prepaid, addressed to it at the address set forth in Section 13 
hereof.  Such mailing shall be deemed personal service and shall be legal and 
binding upon the party so served in any action, proceeding or claim.  The 
Company, the Underwriters and the Holders agree that the prevailing 
party(ies) in any such action or proceeding shall be entitled to recover from 
the other 

                                       21

<PAGE>

party(ies) all of its/their reasonable legal costs and expenses relating to 
such action or proceeding and/or incurred in connection with the preparation 
therefor.

          18.  Entire Agreement; Modification.  This Agreement (including the 
Underwriting Agreement to the extent portions thereof are referred to herein) 
contains the entire understanding between the parties hereto with respect to 
the subject matter hereof and may not be modified or amended except by a 
writing duly signed by the party against whom enforcement of the modification 
or amendment is sought.

          19.  Severability.  If any provision of this Agreement shall be 
held to be invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or unenforceability 
shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement.

          20.  Captions.  The caption headings of the Sections of this 
Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are not intended, nor 
should they be construed as, a part of this Agreement and shall be given no 
substantive effect.

          21.  Benefits of this Agreement.  Nothing in this Agreement shall 
be construed to give to any person or corporation other than the Company and 
the Underwriters and any other registered Holder(s) of the Warrant 
Certificates or Warrant Securities any legal or equitable right, remedy or 
claim under this Agreement; and this Agreement shall be for the sole benefit 
of the Company and the Underwriters and any other registered Holders of 
Warrant Certificates or Warrant Securities.

          22.  Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in any number of 
counterparts and each of such counterparts shall for all purposes be deemed 
to be an original, and such counterparts shall together constitute but one 
and the same instrument.

                                       22

<PAGE>

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement 
to be duly executed, as of the day and year first above written.

                         VICON INDUSTRIES, INC.


                         By:
                            ---------------------------------------
                             Name:  
                             Title: 


Attest:


- --------------------------------------
Secretary



                         FAHNESTOCK & CO. INC.


                         By:
                            ---------------------------------------
                              Henry P. Williams
                              Senior Vice President


                         SOUTHEAST RESEARCH PARTNERS, INC.



                         By:                                
                            ---------------------------------------
                             Deborah Novick
                             Senior Vice President 

                                       23

<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT A


                            [FORM OF WARRANT CERTIFICATE]


THE WARRANTS REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE AND THE OTHER SECURITIES 
ISSUABLE UPON EXERCISE THEREOF MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD EXCEPT PURSUANT TO 
(i) AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS 
AMENDED (THE "ACT"), (ii) TO THE EXTENT APPLICABLE, RULE 144 UNDER THE ACT 
(OR ANY SIMILAR RULE UNDER THE ACT RELATING TO THE DISPOSITION OF 
SECURITIES), OR (iii) AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, IF SUCH OPINION SHALL BE 
REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO COUNSEL FOR THE ISSUER, THAT AN EXEMPTION FROM 
REGISTRATION UNDER THE ACT IS AVAILABLE.

THE TRANSFER OR EXCHANGE OF THE WARRANTS REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE IS 
RESTRICTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE WARRANT AGREEMENT REFERRED TO HEREIN.

                              EXERCISABLE ON OR BEFORE
                     5:30 P.M., NEW YORK TIME, ________________ , 2003

No. W-
                                                           Warrants to Purchase
                                                    ___  Shares of Common Stock



                                 WARRANT CERTIFICATE

          This Warrant Certificate certifies that                , or 
registered assigns, is the registered holder of          Warrants to purchase 
initially, at any time from __________, 1999 until 5:30 p.m. New York time on 
__________, 2003 ("Expiration Date"), up to _________ fully-paid and 
non-assessable shares of common stock, par value $.01 per share ("Common 
Stock") of VICON INDUSTRIES, INC. a New York corporation (the "Company"), 
(one share of Common Stock referred to individually as a "Security" and 
collectively as the "Securities") at the initial exercise price, subject to 
adjustment in certain events (the "Exercise Price"), of $_____ per share of 
Common Stock upon surrender of this Warrant Certificate and payment of the 
Exercise Price at an office or agency of the Company, but subject to the 
conditions set forth herein and in the warrant agreement dated as of 
__________, 1998 among the Company, FAHNESTOCK & CO. INC. and SOUTHEAST 
RESEARCH PARTNERS, INC. (the "Warrant Agreement").  Payment of the Exercise 
Price shall be made by certified or official bank check in New York Clearing 
House funds payable to the order of the Company.

                                       24

<PAGE>

          No Warrant may be exercised after 5:30 p.m., New York time, on the 
Expiration Date, at which time all Warrants evidenced hereby, unless 
exercised prior thereto, hereby shall thereafter be void.

          The Warrants evidenced by this Warrant Certificate are part of a 
duly authorized issue of Warrants issued pursuant to the Warrant Agreement, 
which Warrant Agreement is hereby incorporated by reference in and made a 
part of this instrument and is hereby referred to for a description of the 
rights, limitation of rights, obligations, duties and immunities thereunder 
of the Company and the holder (the words "holder" or "holders" meaning the 
registered holder or registered holders) of the Warrants.

          The Warrant Agreement provides that upon the occurrence of certain 
events the Exercise Price and the type and/or number of the Company's 
securities issuable thereupon may, subject to certain conditions, be 
adjusted.  In such event, the Company will, at the request of the holder, 
issue a new Warrant Certificate evidencing the adjustment in the Exercise 
Price and the number and/or type of securities issuable upon the exercise of 
the Warrants; provided, however, that the failure of the Company to issue 
such new Warrant Certificates shall not in any way change, alter, or 
otherwise impair, the rights of the holder as set forth in the Warrant 
Agreement.

          Upon due presentment for registration of transfer of this Warrant 
Certificate at an office or agency of the Company, a new Warrant Certificate 
or Warrant Certificates of like tenor and evidencing in the aggregate a like 
number of Warrants shall be issued to the transferee(s) in exchange for this 
Warrant Certificate, subject to the limitations provided herein and in the 
Warrant Agreement, without any charge except for any tax or other 
governmental charge imposed in connection with such transfer.

          Upon the exercise of less than all of the Warrants evidenced by 
this Certificate, the Company shall forthwith issue to the holder hereof a 
new Warrant Certificate representing such number of unexercised Warrants.

          The Company may deem and treat the registered holder(s) hereof as 
the absolute owner(s) of this Warrant Certificate (notwithstanding any 
notation of ownership or other writing hereon made by anyone), for the 
purpose of any exercise hereof, and of any distribution to the holder(s) 
hereof, and for all other purposes, and the Company shall not be affected by 
any notice to the contrary.

          All terms used in this Warrant Certificate which are defined in the 
Warrant Agreement shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Warrant 
Agreement. 

                                       25

<PAGE>

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Warrant Certificate to be 
duly executed under its corporate seal.

Dated as of __________, 1998


                         VICON INDUSTRIES, INC.


[SEAL]                   By:
                            ---------------------------------------

                            Name:
                            Title:




Attest:


- ---------------------------------------

Secretary 

                                       26

<PAGE>

                [FORM OF ELECTION TO PURCHASE PURSUANT TO SECTION 3.1]

          The undersigned hereby irrevocably elects to exercise the right,
represented by this Warrant Certificate, to purchase:


/ /     __________          shares of Common Stock;

and herewith tenders in payment for such securities a certified or official 
bank check payable in New York Clearing House Funds to the order of Vicon 
Industries, Inc. in the amount of $____, all in accordance with the terms of 
Section 3.1 of the Underwriters' Warrant Agreement dated as of __________ __, 
1998 among Vicon Industries, Inc., Fahnestock & Co., Inc. and Southeast 
Research Partners, Inc..  The undersigned requests that a certificate for 
such securities be registered in the name of ______________ __, whose 
address is _______________________________ and that such Certificate be 
delivered to ________________  whose address is ________________________ .

Dated:
                         Signature___________________________________________
                                             
                         (Signature must conform in all respects to name of 
                          holder as specified on the face of the Warrant 
                          Certificate.)



                         ______________________________________________________
                         (Insert Social Security or Other Identifying Number of
                          Holder) 


                                       27

<PAGE>


                                 [FORM OF ASSIGNMENT]



              (To be executed by the registered holder is such holder
                   desires to transfer the Warrant Certificate.)


          FOR VALUE RECEIVED _________________ hereby sells, assigns and 
transfer unto

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                    (Please print name and address of transferee)

this Warrant Certificate, together with all right, title and interest 
therein, and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint ____________ 
Attorney, to transfer the within Warrant Certificate on the books of the 
within-named Company, with full power of substitution.

Dated:________________        Signature:_____________________________________
                                             
                              (Signature must conform in all respects to name 
                              of holder as specified on the face of the Warrant
                              Certificate.)



                              _________________________________________________
                              (Insert Social Security or Other Identifying 
                               Number of Assignor)

[6~
                                       28




<PAGE>

                                                                    Exhibit 23.2





                       CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
                       -------------------------------

The Board of Directors
Vicon Industries, Inc.:

We consent to the use of our report included herein and incorporated herein by
reference and to the reference to our firm under the heading "Experts" and 
"Selected Consolidated Financial and Operating Data" in the prospectus.



                                       KPMG PEAT MARWICK LLP


Jericho, New York
February 24, 1998



© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission